Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
x
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 25, 2011
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from              to             .
Commission file number 1-9444
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
DELAWARE
 
34-1560655
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
One Cedar Point Drive, Sandusky, Ohio 44870-5259
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(419) 626-0830
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    x     No   o  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
 
x
  
Accelerated filer
 
o
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
o  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller reporting company
 
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   o     No   x
 
 
 
Title of Class
 
Units Outstanding As Of November 1, 2011
Units Representing
Limited Partner Interests
 
55,345,858

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
INDEX
FORM 10 - Q
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part I - Financial Information
  
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
 
  
3-31

 
 
 
Item 2.
 
  
32-42

 
 
 
Item 3.
 
  
42

 
 
 
Item 4.
 
  
43

 
 
Part II - Other Information
  
 
 
 
 
Item 1
 
  
44

 
 
 
Item 1A.
 
 
45

 
 
 
 
 
Item 5
 
Other Information
 
45

 
 
 
Item 6.
 
  
45

 
 
  
46

 
 
  
47



Table of Contents

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
 
 
9/25/2011
 
12/31/2010
 
9/26/2010
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
96,312

 
$
9,765

 
$
61,701

Receivables
 
38,539

 
12,340

 
34,764

Inventories
 
36,946

 
32,142

 
34,930

Current deferred tax asset
 
5,874

 
5,874

 
6,725

Prepaid insurance
 
2,155

 
5,009

 
842

Other current assets
 
7,144

 
5,204

 
5,657

 
 
186,970

 
70,334

 
144,619

Property and Equipment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Land
 
311,877

 
309,980

 
307,139

Land improvements
 
332,853

 
324,734

 
335,210

Buildings
 
578,249

 
575,725

 
593,601

Rides and equipment
 
1,437,590

 
1,398,403

 
1,426,720

Construction in progress
 
17,315

 
16,746

 
4,544

 
 
2,677,884

 
2,625,588

 
2,667,214

Less accumulated depreciation
 
(1,044,353
)
 
(948,947
)
 
(933,247
)
 
 
1,633,531

 
1,676,641

 
1,733,967

Goodwill
 
242,149

 
246,259

 
242,374

Other Intangibles, net
 
40,067

 
40,632

 
41,000

Other Assets
 
56,622

 
48,578

 
41,528

 
 
$
2,159,339

 
$
2,082,444

 
$
2,203,488

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
 
$

 

 
11,750

Accounts payable
 
28,458

 
10,787

 
24,841

Deferred revenue
 
32,694

 
26,328

 
27,437

Accrued interest
 
13,968

 
20,409

 
16,219

Accrued taxes
 
33,093

 
15,144

 
29,314

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
 
41,109

 
18,220

 
29,234

Self-insurance reserves
 
21,942

 
21,487

 
21,631

Current derivative liability
 
59,366

 
47,986

 

Other accrued liabilities
 
12,247

 
8,491

 
11,885

 
 
242,877

 
168,852

 
172,311

Deferred Tax Liability
 
125,588

 
131,830

 
153,563

Derivative Liability
 
33,835

 
54,517

 
110,940

Other Liabilities
 
2,872

 
10,406

 
6,662

Long-Term Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolving credit loans
 

 
23,200

 

Term debt
 
1,156,100

 
1,157,062

 
1,163,250

Notes
 
400,154

 
399,441

 
399,434

 
 
1,556,254

 
1,579,703

 
1,562,684

Partners’ Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special L.P. interests
 
5,290

 
5,290

 
5,290

General partner
 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Limited partners, 55,346, 55,334 and 55,331 units outstanding at September 25, 2011, December 31, 2010 and September 26, 2010, respectively
 
221,611

 
165,555

 
242,239

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(28,988
)
 
(33,708
)
 
(50,200
)
 
 
197,913

 
137,136

 
197,328

 
 
$
2,159,339

 
$
2,082,444

 
$
2,203,488

    
The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

3


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per unit amounts)
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
Net revenues:
 

 

 

 

 

 

Admissions
 
$
333,924

 
$
320,920

 
$
505,155

 
$
488,391

 
$
585,526

 
$
553,331

Food, merchandise and games
 
191,494

 
183,268

 
307,265

 
296,030

 
348,591

 
329,344

Accommodations and other
 
46,850

 
40,812

 
71,207

 
63,482

 
79,199

 
70,798


 
572,268

 
545,000

 
883,627

 
847,903

 
1,013,316

 
953,473

Costs and expenses:
 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues
 
48,758

 
45,591

 
79,981

 
75,822

 
90,778

 
86,387

Operating expenses
 
161,452

 
152,314

 
351,558

 
336,005

 
426,955

 
403,015

Selling, general and administrative
 
51,978

 
48,443

 
110,126

 
110,935

 
133,192

 
135,087

Depreciation and amortization
 
62,619

 
63,746

 
109,173

 
111,624

 
124,345

 
130,765

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 

 

 

 
1,390

 
903

 
5,890

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
880

 
319

 
1,076

 
319

 
63,509

 
345


 
325,687

 
310,413

 
651,914

 
636,095

 
839,682

 
761,489

Operating income
 
246,581

 
234,587

 
231,713

 
211,808

 
173,634

 
191,984

Interest expense
 
41,353

 
41,487

 
124,650

 
103,886

 
171,049

 
137,598

Net effect of swaps
 
(3,962
)
 
3,306

 
(3,507
)
 
12,915

 
1,772

 
19,001

Loss on early debt extinguishment
 

 
35,289

 

 
35,289

 

 
35,289

Unrealized/realized foreign currency (gain) loss
 
18,549

 
(8,178
)
 
14,704

 
(8,182
)
 
2,323

 
(8,139
)
Other (income) expense
 
(250
)
 
(1,042
)
 
835

 
(1,080
)
 
761

 
(1,166
)
Income (loss) before taxes
 
190,891

 
163,725

 
95,031

 
68,980

 
(2,271
)
 
9,401

Provision (benefit) for taxes
 
38,161

 
87,977

 
22,327

 
37,380

 
(11,808
)
 
4,093

Net income
 
152,730

 
75,748

 
72,704

 
31,600

 
9,537

 
5,308

Net income (loss) allocated to general partner
 
2

 

 
1

 

 
1

 
(1
)
Net income allocated to limited partners
 
$
152,728

 
$
75,748

 
$
72,703

 
$
31,600

 
$
9,536

 
$
5,309

Basic earnings per limited partner unit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average limited partner units outstanding
 
55,346

 
55,328

 
55,345

 
55,310

 
55,342

 
55,284

Net income per limited partner unit
 
$
2.76

 
$
1.37

 
$
1.31

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.10

Diluted earnings per limited partner unit:
 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Weighted average limited partner units outstanding
 
55,828

 
55,772

 
55,847

 
55,803

 
55,886

 
55,837

Net income per limited partner unit
 
$
2.74

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.30

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.10

The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

4


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PARTNERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 25, 2011
(In thousands)

 
Nine months ended
 
9/25/11
Limited Partnership Units Outstanding
 
Beginning balance
55,334

Limited partnership unit options exercised

Issuance of limited partnership units as compensation
12

 
55,346

Limited Partners’ Equity
 
Beginning balance
$
165,555

Net income
72,703

Partnership distribution declared ($0.30 per limited partnership unit)
(16,604
)
Expense (income) recognized for limited partnership unit options
(228
)
Tax effect of units involved in option exercises and treasury unit transactions
5

Issuance of limited partnership units as compensation
180

 
221,611

General Partner’s Equity
 
Beginning balance
(1
)
Net income
1

 

Special L.P. Interests
5,290

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment:
 
Beginning balance
(4,053
)
Current period activity, net of tax $986
2,354

 
(1,699
)
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedging derivatives:
 
Beginning balance
(29,655
)
Current period activity, net of tax $5,256
2,366

 
(27,289
)
 
(28,988
)
Total Partners’ Equity
$
197,913

Summary of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Net income
$
72,704

Other comprehensive income
4,720

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
77,424





The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.


5


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 
 
Nine months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
72,704

 
31,600

 
$
9,537

 
$
5,308

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from (for) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash expense
 
130,105

 
107,562

 
138,905

 
128,572

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 

 
35,289

 

 
35,289

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 

 
1,390

 
903

 
5,890

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
1,076

 
319

 
63,509

 
345

Net effect of swaps
 
(3,507
)
 
12,915

 
1,772

 
19,001

Net change in working capital
 
30,463

 
12,142

 
10,604

 
(21,435
)
Net change in other assets/liabilities
 
(8,476
)
 
9,894

 
(31,006
)
 
(3,783
)
Net cash from operating activities
 
222,365

 
211,111

 
194,224

 
169,187

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(72,880
)
 
(59,669
)
 
(84,914
)
 
(75,609
)
Net cash (for) investing activities
 
(72,880
)
 
(59,669
)
 
(84,914
)
 
(75,609
)
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net borrowings (payments) on revolving credit loans
 
(23,200
)
 
(86,300
)
 

 

Term debt borrowings
 
22,938

 
1,175,000

 
22,938

 
1,175,000

Note borrowings
 

 
399,383

 

 
399,383

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties
 
(23,900
)
 
(1,548,952
)
 
(41,838
)
 
(1,609,066
)
Distributions paid to partners
 
(16,604
)
 

 
(30,438
)
 
(13,802
)
Exercise of limited partnership unit options
 

 

 
7

 

Payment of debt issuance costs
 
(20,490
)
 
(40,997
)
 
(22,757
)
 
(40,997
)
Net cash (for) financing activities
 
(61,256
)
 
(101,866
)
 
(72,088
)
 
(89,482
)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
(1,682
)
 
197

 
(2,611
)
 
1,402

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase for the period
 
86,547

 
49,773

 
34,611

 
5,498

Balance, beginning of period
 
9,765

 
11,928

 
61,701

 
56,203

Balance, end of period
 
$
96,312

 
$
61,701

 
$
96,312

 
$
61,701

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash payments for interest expense
 
$
124,875

 
$
89,210

 
$
165,480

 
$
126,557

Interest capitalized
 
868

 
1,200

 
1,011

 
1,713

Cash payments for income taxes
 
6,020

 
16,331

 
8,763

 
21,888

The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

6


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 25, 2011 AND SEPTEMBER 26, 2010
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared from the financial records of Cedar Fair, L.P. (the Partnership) without audit and reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to fairly present the results of the interim periods covered in this report.
Due to the highly seasonal nature of the Partnership’s amusement and water park operations, the results for any interim period are not indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year. Accordingly, the Partnership has elected to present financial information regarding operations and cash flows for the preceding fiscal twelve-month periods ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 to accompany the quarterly results. Because amounts for the fiscal twelve months ended September 25, 2011 include actual 2010 season operating results, they may not be indicative of 2011 full calendar year operations.

(1) Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies:
The Partnership’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the periods ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 included in this Form 10-Q report have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 , which were included in the Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2011 . Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission). These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included in the Form 10-K referred to above.

(2) Interim Reporting:
The Partnership owns and operates eleven amusement parks, six separately gated outdoor water parks, one indoor water park and five hotels. In order to better facilitate discussion of trends in attendance and guest per capita spending than would be possible on a consolidated basis, the Partnership's eleven amusement parks and six separately gated water parks have been grouped into regional designations. Parks in the Partnership’s northern region include Cedar Point and the adjacent Soak City water park in Sandusky, Ohio; Kings Island near Cincinnati, Ohio; Canada’s Wonderland in Toronto, Canada; Dorney Park & Wildwater Kingdom near Allentown, Pennsylvania; Valleyfair, near Minneapolis/St. Paul, Minnesota; Geauga Lake’s Wildwater Kingdom near Cleveland, Ohio; and Michigan’s Adventure near Muskegon, Michigan. In the southern region are Kings Dominion near Richmond, Virginia; Carowinds near Charlotte, North Carolina; and Worlds of Fun and Oceans of Fun in Kansas City, Missouri. The western region parks include Knott’s Berry Farm, near Los Angeles in Buena Park, California; California’s Great America located in Santa Clara, California; and three Knott’s Soak City water parks located in California. The Partnership also owns and operates the Castaway Bay Indoor Waterpark Resort in Sandusky, Ohio, and operates Gilroy Gardens Family Theme Park in Gilroy, California under a management contract. Virtually all of the Partnership’s revenues from its seasonal amusement parks, as well as its outdoor water parks and other seasonal resort facilities, are realized during a 130- to 140-day operating period beginning in early May, with the major portion concentrated in the third quarter during the peak vacation months of July and August.
To assure that these highly seasonal operations will not result in misleading comparisons of current and subsequent interim periods, the Partnership has adopted the following accounting and reporting procedures for its seasonal parks: (a) revenues on multi-day admission tickets are recognized over the estimated number of visits expected for each type of ticket and are adjusted periodically during the season, (b) depreciation, advertising and certain seasonal operating costs are expensed during each park’s operating season, including certain costs incurred prior to the season which are amortized over the season, and (c) all other costs are expensed as incurred or ratably over the entire year.

(3) Long-Lived Assets:
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In order to determine if an asset has been impaired, assets are grouped and tested at the lowest level for which identifiable, independent cash flows are available. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in equity price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.


7


The long-lived asset impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of each asset group's carrying value to its estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including disposition. Projected future cash flows reflect management's best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period, including growth rates in revenues and costs, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and cash expenditures. Other significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value growth rates and future estimates of capital expenditures. If the carrying value of the asset group is higher than its undiscounted future cash flows, there is an indication that impairment exists and the second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. The amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value of the asset group to its carrying value in a manner consistent with the highest and best use of those assets. The Partnership estimates fair value using an income (discounted cash flows) approach, which uses an asset group's projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital reflective of current market conditions. If the implied fair value of the assets is less than their carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference.

At the end of the fourth quarter of 2010, the Partnership concluded based on 2010 operating results, as well as updated forecasts, that a review of the carrying value of long-lived assets at California's Great America was warranted. After performing its review, the Partnership determined that a portion of the park's fixed assets, the majority of which were originally recorded with the PPI acquisition, were impaired. As a result, the Partnership recognized $62.0 million of fixed-asset impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 which is recorded in "Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

(4) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:
In accordance with the applicable accounting rules, goodwill is not amortized, but, along with indefinite-lived trade-names, is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Historically, goodwill related to parks acquired prior to 2006 has been annually tested for impairment as of October 1, while goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles, including trade-name intangibles, related to the Paramount Parks (PPI) acquisition in 2006 have been annually tested for impairment as of April 1. Effective in December 2010, the Partnership changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment tests from April 1 and October 1 to December 31 to more closely align the impairment testing procedures with its long-range planning and forecasting process, which occurs in the fourth quarter each year. The Partnership believes the change is preferable since the long-term cash flow projections are a key component in performing its annual impairment tests of goodwill. In addition, the Partnership changed the date of its annual impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangibles from April 1 to December 31.

During 2010, the Partnership tested goodwill for impairment as of April 1, 2010 or October 1, 2010, as applicable, and again as of December 31, 2010. The tests indicated no impairment of goodwill as of any of those dates. During 2010, the Partnership tested other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment as of April 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010. After performing the April 1, 2010 impairment test, it was determined that a portion of trade-names at certain PPI parks were impaired as the carrying values of those trade-names exceeded their fair values. As a result the Partnership recognized $1.4 million of trade-name impairment during the second quarter of 2010. This impairment was driven mainly by an increase in the Partnership’s cost of capital in 2010 and lower projected growth rates for certain parks as of the test date. After performing the December 31, 2010 test of indefinite-lived intangibles, it was determined that a portion of the trade-names at California's Great America, originally recorded with the PPI acquisition, were impaired. As a result, the Partnership recognized $0.9 million of additional trade-name impairment during the fourth quarter of 2010 which is recorded in "Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles" on the consolidated statement of operations.

The change in accounting principle related to changing the annual goodwill impairment testing date did not delay, accelerate, avoid or cause an impairment charge. As it was impracticable to objectively determine operating and valuation estimates for periods prior to December 31, 2010, the Partnership has prospectively applied the change in the annual goodwill impairment testing date from December 31, 2010.
A summary of changes in the Partnership’s carrying value of goodwill for the nine months ended September 25, 2011 is as follows:

(In thousands)
 
Goodwill
(gross)
 
Accumulated
Impairment
Losses
 
Goodwill
(net)
Balance at December 31, 2010
 
$
326,127

 
$
(79,868
)
 
$
246,259

Foreign currency translation
 
(4,110
)
 

 
(4,110
)
September 25, 2011
 
$
322,017

 
$
(79,868
)
 
$
242,149

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

8


At September 25, 2011 , December 31, 2010, and September 26, 2010 the Partnership’s other intangible assets consisted of the following:

September 25, 2011
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Value
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade names
 
$
39,645

 
$

 
$
39,645

License / franchise agreements
 
734

 
312

 
422

Non-compete agreements
 
200

 
200

 

Total other intangible assets
 
$
40,579

 
$
512

 
$
40,067

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade names
 
$
40,227

 
$

 
$
40,227

License / franchise agreements
 
13,569

 
13,184

 
385

Non-compete agreements
 
200

 
180

 
20

Total other intangible assets
 
$
53,996

 
$
13,364

 
$
40,632

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 26, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade names
 
$
40,580

 
$

 
$
40,580

License / franchise agreements
 
13,564

 
13,174

 
390

Non-compete agreements
 
200

 
170

 
30

Total other intangible assets
 
$
54,344

 
$
13,344

 
$
41,000

Amortization expense of other intangible assets for the nine months ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 was $49,000 and $53,000 , respectively. The estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2011 is $9,000 . Estimated amortization expense is expected to total less than $100,000 in each year from 2012 through 2015.

(5) Long-Term Debt:

In July 2010, the Partnership issued $405 million of 9.125% senior unsecured notes, maturing in 2018 , in a private placement, including $5.6 million of Original Issue Discount to yield 9.375% . Concurrently with this offering, the Partnership entered into a new $1,435 million credit agreement (the "2010 Credit Agreement”), which included a new $1,175 million senior secured term loan facility and a new $260 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from the offering of the notes, along with proceeds from the 2010 Credit Agreement, were used to repay in full all amounts outstanding under our previous credit facilities.

Terms of the 2010 Credit Agreement included a reduction in the Partnership's previous $310 million revolving credit facilities to a combined $260 million facility. Under the 2010 Credit Agreement, the Canadian portion of the revolving credit facility has a limit of $15 million . U.S. denominated loans made under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 basis points (bps) (with no LIBOR floor). Canadian denominated loans made under the Canadian portion of the facility also bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps (with no LIBOR floor). The revolving credit facility, which matures in July 2015 , also provides for the issuance of documentary and standby letters of credit.

In February 2011 , the Partnership amended its 2010 Credit Agreement (as so amended, the “Amended 2010 Credit Agreement”) including to extend the maturity date of the U.S. term loan portion of the credit facilities by one year. The extended U.S. term loan, which amortizes at $11.8 million per year beginning in 2011, matures in December 2017 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 300 bps, with a LIBOR floor of 100 bps. As the result of an optional $18.0 million debt prepayment made in August 2011, the Partnership has no term-debt principal payments due within the next twelve months.

9



The Partnership's $405 million of senior unsecured notes pay interest semi-annually in February and August, with the principal due in full on August 1, 2018 . The notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to August 1, 2014 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Thereafter, the notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at various prices depending on the date redeemed. Prior to August 1, 2013 , up to 35% of the notes may be redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at 109.125% .

The Amended 2010 Credit Agreement requires the Partnership to maintain specified financial ratios, which if breached for any reason, including a decline in operating results, could result in an event of default under the agreement. The most critical of these ratios is the Consolidated Leverage Ratio which is measured on a trailing-twelve month quarterly basis. Since the third quarter of 2010, this ratio has been set at 6.25 x consolidated total debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-Consolidated EBITDA. Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2011, this ratio will decrease to 6.0 x consolidated total debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-Consolidated EBITDA, and the ratio will decrease further each fourth quarter beginning with the fourth quarter of 2013. As of September 25, 2011 , the Partnership’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio was 4.25 x, providing $117.4 million of consolidated EBITDA cushion on the ratio as of the end of the third quarter. The Partnership was in compliance with all other covenants as of September 25, 2011 .

The Amended 2010 Credit Agreement also includes provisions that allow the Partnership to make restricted payments of up to $60 million in 2011 and a minimum of $20 million annually thereafter (plus the Available Amount of Excess Cash Flow as defined in the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement), at the discretion of the Board of Directors, so long as no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. These restricted payments are not subject to any specific covenants. Beginning in 2012, additional restricted payments are allowed to be made based on an Excess-Cash-Flow formula, should the Partnership’s pro-forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio be less than or equal to 4.50 x. Per the terms of the indenture governing the Partnership's notes, the ability to make restricted payments in 2011 and beyond is permitted should the Partnership's trailing-twelve-month Total-Indebtedness-to-Consolidated-Cash-Flow Ratio be less than or equal to 4.75 x, measured on a quarterly basis.

In addition to the above, among other covenants and provisions, the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement contains an initial three-year requirement (from July 2010) that at least 50% of our aggregate term debt and senior notes be subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection.
 
(6) Derivative Financial Instruments:
Derivative financial instruments are only used within the Partnership’s overall risk management program to manage certain interest rate and foreign currency risks from time to time. The Partnership does not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
The Partnership has effectively converted a total of $1.0 billion of its variable-rate debt to fixed rates through the use of several interest rate swap agreements. Cash flows related to these interest rate swap agreements are included in interest expense over the term of the agreements. These interest rate swap agreements are set to expire in October 2011 . The Partnership has designated all of these interest rate swap agreements and hedging relationships as cash flow hedges. The fair market value of these agreements at September 25, 2011 was recorded as a liability of $4.8 million in “Current derivative liability” on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. As a part of the regular quarterly regression analysis testing of the effectiveness of these cash flow swaps, these swaps were deemed to be ineffective as of October 2009 and continued to be ineffective through September 25, 2011 . As a result of this ineffectiveness, losses recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” (AOCI) are being amortized through October 2011 (the original hedge period). The amount recorded in AOCI to be amortized was $91.8 million at the time of ineffectiveness, and was fully amortized as of September 25, 2011 .
In 2007, the Partnership entered into two cross-currency swap agreements, which effectively converted $268.7 million of term debt at the time, and the associated interest payments, related to its wholly owned Canadian subsidiary from variable U.S. dollar denominated debt to fixed-rate Canadian dollar denominated debt. The Partnership originally designated these cross-currency swaps as foreign currency cash flow hedges. Cash flows related to these swap agreements, which expire in February 2012 , are included in interest expense over the term of the agreement. The fair market value of the cross-currency swaps was a liability of $37.7 million at September 25, 2011 , which was recorded in “Current derivative liability” on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. As a result of paying down underlying Canadian term debt with net proceeds from the sale of surplus land near Canada’s Wonderland in August 2009, the notional amounts of the underlying debt and the cross currency swaps no longer match. Because of the mismatch of the notional amounts, the Partnership determined the swaps were no longer highly effective, resulting in the de-designation of the swaps as of the end of August 2009. As a result of this de-designation, losses recorded in AOCI are being amortized through February 2012 (the original hedge period). The amount recorded in AOCI to be amortized was $15.1 million at the time of de-designation, of which approximately $125,000 still remained to be amortized in AOCI as of September 25, 2011 .


10


In May 2011, the Partnership entered into several foreign currency swap agreements to fix the exchange rate on approximately 50% of the termination payment associated with the cross-currency swap agreements due in February 2012 and in July 2011 the Partnership entered into another foreign currency swap agreement to fix the exchange rate on an additional 25% of the termination payment. The fair market value of these foreign currency swap agreements was a liability of $16.8 million at September 25, 2011 , which was recorded in "Current derivative liability" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The Partnership did not seek hedge accounting treatment on these foreign currency swaps, and as such, changes in fair value of the swaps flow directly through earnings along with changes in fair value on the related, de-designated cross-currency swaps.
In order to maintain fixed interest costs on a portion of its domestic term debt beyond the expiration of the swaps entered into in 2006 and 2007, in September 2010 the Partnership entered into several forward-starting swap agreements ("September 2010 swaps") to effectively convert a total of $600 million of variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. As a result of the February 2011 amendment to the 2010 Credit Agreement, the LIBOR floor on the term loan portion of its credit facilities decreased to 100 bps from 150 bps, causing a mismatch in critical terms of the September 2010 swaps and the underlying debt. Because of the mismatch of critical terms, the Partnership determined the September 2010 swaps, which were originally designated as cash flow hedges, were no longer highly effective, resulting in the de-designation of the swaps as of the end of February 2011. As a result of this ineffectiveness, gains of $7.2 million recorded in AOCI through the date of de-designation are being amortized through December 2015, $6.4 million of which remained to be amortized in AOCI as of September 25, 2011 .
On March 15, 2011, the Partnership entered into several additional forward-starting basis-rate swap agreements ("March 2011 swaps") that, when combined with the September 2010 swaps, will effectively convert $600 million of variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. The September 2010 swaps and the March 2011 swaps, which have been jointly designated as cash flow hedges, mature in December 2015 and fix LIBOR at a weighted average rate of 2.46% . For the period that the September 2010 swaps were de-designated, their fair value decreased by $3.3 million , the offset of which was recognized as a direct charge to the Partnership's earnings and recorded to “Net effect of swaps” on the consolidated statement of operations along with the regular amortization of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” balances related to these swaps. No other ineffectiveness related to these swaps was recorded in any period presented.
On May 2, 2011, the Partnership entered into four additional forward-starting basis-rate swap agreements ("May 2011 forward-starting swaps") that effectively convert another $200 million of variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. These swaps, which were designated as cash flow hedges, mature in December 2015 and fix LIBOR at a weighted average rate of 2.54% .
The fair market value of the September 2010 swaps, the March 2011 swaps, and the May 2011 forward-starting swaps at September 25, 2011 was a liability of $33.8 million , which was recorded in “Derivative Liability” on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet:
(In thousands):
 
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet Location
 
Fair Value as of
 
Fair Value as of
 
Fair Value as of
September 25, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
September 26, 2010
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
Other Assets
 
$

 
$
6,294

 
$

Interest rate swaps
 
Current derivative liability
 
(4,797
)
 
(47,986
)
 

Interest rate swaps
 
Derivative Liability
 
(33,835
)
 

 
(63,575
)
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
$
(38,632
)
 
$
(41,692
)
 
$
(63,575
)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency swaps
 
Current derivative liability
 
$
(16,846
)
 
$

 
$

Cross-currency swaps
 
Current derivative liability
 
(37,723
)
 

 

Cross-currency swaps
 
Derivative Liability
 

 
(54,517
)
 
(47,365
)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
$
(54,569
)
 
$
(54,517
)
 
$
(47,365
)
Net derivative liability
 
 
 
$
(93,201
)
 
$
(96,209
)
 
$
(110,940
)
 

11


The following table presents our existing fixed-rate swaps, which mature October 1, 2011, along with their notional amounts and their fixed interest rates, which compare to 30-day LIBOR of 0.25% as of September 25, 2011 . The table also presents our cross-currency swaps and their notional amounts and interest rates as of September 25, 2011 .
($'s in thousands)
Interest Rate Swaps
 
Cross-currency Swaps
 
Notional Amounts
 
LIBOR Rate
 
Notional Amounts
 
Implied Interest Rate
 
$
200,000

 
5.64
%
 
$
256,000

 
7.31
%
 
200,000

 
5.64
%
 
500

 
9.50
%
 
200,000

 
5.64
%
 
 
 
 
 
200,000

 
5.57
%
 
 
 
 
 
100,000

 
5.60
%
 
 
 
 
 
100,000

 
5.60
%
 
 
 
 
Total $'s / Average Rate
$
1,000,000

 
5.62
%
 
$
256,500

 
7.31
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents our September 2010 swaps, March 2011 swaps, and May 2011 forward-starting swaps, which become effective October 1, 2011 and mature December 15, 2015, along with their notional amounts and their fixed interest rates.
($'s in thousands)
Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps
 
Notional Amounts
 
LIBOR Rate
 
$
200,000

 
2.40
%
 
75,000

 
2.43
%
 
50,000

 
2.42
%
 
150,000

 
2.55
%
 
50,000

 
2.42
%
 
50,000

 
2.55
%
 
25,000

 
2.43
%
 
50,000

 
2.54
%
 
30,000

 
2.54
%
 
70,000

 
2.54
%
 
50,000

 
2.54
%
Total $'s / Average Rate
$
800,000

 
2.48
%
 
Effects of Derivative Instruments on Income (Loss) and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three-month periods ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 :
 
(In thousands):
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in  Accumulated OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion)
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)
Derivatives designated as
Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
 
Three months ended
 
Three months ended
 
 
 
Three months ended
 
Three months ended
 
 
 
Three months ended
 
Three months ended
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
Interest rate swaps
 
$
(17,085
)
 
$
(4,165
)
 
Interest Expense
 
$

 
$

 
Net effect of swaps
 
$
15,396

 
$
8,951

Total
 
$
(17,085
)
 
$
(4,165
)
 
 
 
$

 
$

 
 
 
$
15,396

 
$
8,951

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

12

Table of Contents

(In thousands):
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivative
Derivatives not designated as Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships
 
 
 
Three months ended
 
Three months ended
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
Cross-currency swaps  (1)
 
Net effect of swaps
 
13,622

 
9

Foreign currency swaps
 
Net effect of swaps
 
(13,210
)
 

 
 
 
 
$
412

 
$
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
The cross-currency swaps became ineffective and were de-designated in August 2009.
In addition to the $15.8 million of net gain recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivatives and on the derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges (as noted in the tables above), $11.2 million of expense representing the regular amortization of amounts in AOCI for the swaps and $0.6 million of foreign currency loss in the quarter related to the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan were recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the period. The net effect of these amounts resulted in a benefit to earnings for the quarter of $4.0 million recorded in “Net effect of swaps.”

For the three-month period ended September 26, 2010 , in addition to the $9.0 million gain recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivatives noted in the table above, $12.2 million of expense representing the amortization of amounts in Accumulated OCI for the swaps and $0.1 million of foreign currency loss in the quarter related to the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan were recorded in “Net effect of swaps” in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The net effect of these amounts resulted in a charge to earnings of $3.3 million recorded in “Net effect of swaps.” For the period, an additional $9.5 million of amortization of amounts in AOCI for the cross-currency swaps was recorded as a charge to earnings in "Loss on early extinguishment of debt" in the condensed consolidated statements of operations as a result of the debt refinancing and the reduction of the majority of the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan.

Effects of Derivative Instruments on Income (Loss) and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the nine-month periods ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 :
 
(In thousands):
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in  Accumulated OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion)
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)
Derivatives designated as
Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
 
Nine months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
 
Nine months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
 
Nine months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
Interest rate swaps
 
$
(36,788
)
 
$
(4,165
)
 
Interest Expense
 
$

 
$

 
Net effect of swaps
 
$
43,190

 
$
23,949

Total
 
$
(36,788
)
 
$
(4,165
)
 
 
 
$

 
$

 
 
 
$
43,190

 
$
23,949

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands):
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivative
Derivatives not designated as Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships
 
 
 
Nine months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
Interest rate swaps (1)
 
Net effect of swaps
 
$
(3,342
)
 
$

Cross-currency swaps  (2)
 
Net effect of swaps
 
15,582

 
(190
)
Foreign currency swaps
 
Net effect of swaps
 
(17,516
)
 

 
 
 
 
$
(5,276
)
 
$
(190
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
The September 2010 swaps became ineffective and were de-designated in February 2011.
(2)
The cross-currency swaps became ineffective and were de-designated in August 2009.
In addition to the $37.9 million of gain recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivatives and on the derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges (as noted in the tables above), $33.9 million of expense representing the regular amortization of amounts in AOCI for the swaps and $0.5 million of foreign currency loss in the nine-month period related to the U.S. dollar

13

Table of Contents

denominated Canadian term loan were recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the period. The net effect of these amounts resulted in a benefit to earnings for the nine-month period of $3.5 million recorded in “Net effect of swaps.”

For the nine month period ended September 26, 2010 , in addition to the $23.8 million gain recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivatives noted in the table above, $38.7 million of expense representing the amortization of amounts in Accumulated OCI for the swaps and $2.0 million of foreign currency gain in the quarter related to the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan were recorded in “Net effect of swaps” in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The net effect of these amounts resulted in a charge to earnings of $12.9 million recorded in "Net effect of swaps." For the period, an additional $9.5 million of amortization of amounts in AOCI for the cross-currency swaps was recorded as a charge to earnings in "Loss on early extinguishment of debt" in the condensed consolidated statements of operations as a result of the debt refinancing and the reduction of the majority of the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan.


Effects of Derivative Instruments on Income (Loss) and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the twelve-month periods ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 :
(In thousands):
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Accumulated OCI on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)
Derivatives designated as
Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
 
Twelve months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
 
 
Twelve months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
 
 
Twelve months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
Interest rate swaps
 
$
(26,329
)
 
$
(4,165
)
 
Interest Expense
 
$

 
$

 
Net effect of swaps
 
$
54,613

 
$
32,349

Cross-currency swaps  (2)
 

 

 
Interest Expense
 

 

 
 
 
N/A

 
N/A

Total
 
$
(26,329
)
 
$
(4,165
)
 
 
 
$

 
$

 
 
 
$
54,613

 
$
32,349

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(In thousands):
 
Amount and Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivative
Derivatives not designated as Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
 
 
 
Twelve months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
 
 
9/25/11
 
9/26/10
Interest rate swaps (1)
 
Net effect of swaps
 
$
(3,342
)
 
$

Cross-currency swaps (2)
 
Net effect of swaps
 
10,016

 
(9,349
)
Foreign currency swaps
 
Net effect of swaps
 
(17,516
)
 

 
 
 
 
$
(10,842
)
 
$
(9,349
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
The September 2010 swaps became ineffective and were de-designated in February 2011.
(2)
The cross-currency swaps became ineffective and were de-designated in August 2009.
In addition to the $43.8 million of gain recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivatives and on the derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges (as noted in the tables above), $45.5 million of expense representing the amortization of amounts in AOCI for the swaps and a $0.1 million foreign currency loss in the twelve month period related to the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan was recorded during the trailing twelve months ended September 25, 2011 in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The net effect of these amounts resulted in a charge to earnings for the trailing twelve month period of $1.8 million recorded in “Net effect of swaps.”
For the twelve month period ending September 26, 2010 , in addition to the $23.0 million of gain recognized in income on the ineffective portion of derivatives noted in the table above, $52.8 million of expense representing the amortization of amounts in AOCI for the swaps and a $10.8 million foreign currency gain in the twelve month period related to the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan was recorded during the trailing twelve months ended September 26, 2010 in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The net effect of these amounts resulted in a charge to earnings for the trailing twelve month period of $19.0 million recorded in “Net effect of swaps.” For the period, an additional $9.5 million of amortization of amounts in AOCI for the cross-currency swaps was recorded as a charge to earnings in "Loss on early extinguishment of debt" in the condensed consolidated statements of operations as a result of the debt refinancing and the reduction of the majority of the U.S. dollar denominated Canadian term loan.

14

Table of Contents

The amounts reclassified from AOCI into income for the periods noted above are in large part the result of the Partnership’s initial three-year requirement to swap at least 50% of its aggregate term debt to fixed rates under the terms of the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement.
 
(7) Fair Value Measurements:
The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions (inputs) that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Inputs may be observable or unobservable, and valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use of relevant observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Accordingly, the FASB’s ASC establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework that ranks the quality and reliability of information used to determine fair values. The hierarchy is associated with the level of pricing observability utilized in measuring fair value and defines three levels of inputs to the fair value measurement process—quoted prices are the most reliable valuation inputs, whereas model values that include inputs based on unobservable data are the least reliable. Each fair value measurement must be assigned to a level corresponding to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
The three broad levels of inputs defined by the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
 
Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
 
Level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
The table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of September 25, 2011 , December 31, 2010, and September 26, 2010 on a recurring basis:
 
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
September 25, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements  (1)
 
$
(33,835
)
 
$

 
$
(33,835
)
 
$

Interest rate swap agreements (2)
 
(4,797
)
 

 
(4,797
)
 

Cross-currency swap agreements (2)
 
(37,723
)
 

 
(37,723
)
 

Foreign currency swap agreements (2)
 
(16,846
)
 

 
(16,846
)
 

Net derivative liability
 
$
(93,201
)
 
$

 
$
(93,201
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements  (3)
 
$
6,294

 
$

 
$
6,294

 
$

Interest rate swap agreements (2)
 
(47,986
)
 

 
(47,986
)
 

Cross-currency swap agreements (1)
 
(54,517
)
 

 
(54,517
)
 

Net derivative liability
 
$
(96,209
)
 
$

 
$
(96,209
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 26, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
 
$
(63,575
)
 
$

 
$
(63,575
)
 
$

Cross-currency swap agreements (1)
 
(47,365
)
 

 
(47,365
)
 

Net derivative liability
 
$
(110,940
)
 
$

 
$
(110,940
)
 
$

(1)
Included in “Derivative Liability” on the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
(2)
Included in "Current derivative liability" on the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
(3)
Included in "Other assets" on the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet


15

Table of Contents

Fair values of the interest rate, cross-currency and foreign currency swap agreements are determined using significant inputs, including the LIBOR and foreign currency forward curves, that are considered Level 2 observable market inputs. In addition, the Partnership considered the effect of its credit and non-performance risk on the fair values provided, and recognized an adjustment increasing the net derivative liability by approximately $1.2 million as of September 25, 2011 . The Partnership monitors the credit and non-performance risk associated with its derivative counterparties and believes them to be insignificant and not warranting a credit adjustment at September 25, 2011 .

There were no assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at September 25, 2011 or September 26, 2010 . The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2010 on a non-recurring basis:
(In thousands)
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-lived fixed assets (1)
 
$
46,276

 
$

 
$

 
$
46,276

Trade-names (2)
 
697

 

 

 
697

Total
 
$
46,973

 
$

 
$

 
$
46,973

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Included in "Net, Property and Equipment" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(2) Included in "Other Intangibles, net" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet

A relief-from-royalty model is used to determine whether the fair value of trade-names exceeds their carrying amount. The fair value of the trade-names is determined as the present value of fees avoided by owning the respective trade-name.

In 2010, the Partnership concluded based on operating results, as well as updated forecasts, that a review of the carrying value of long-lived assets at California's Great America was warranted. After performing its review, the Partnership determined that a portion of the park's fixed assets, the majority of which were originally recorded with the PPI acquisition, were impaired. As a result, it recognized $62.0 million of fixed-asset impairment during 2010.

After completing its 2010 annual review of indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment, the Partnership concluded that a portion of trade-names originally recorded with the PPI acquisition were impaired. As a result, the Partnership recognized approximately $2.3 million of trade-name impairment during 2010.
The fair value of term debt at September 25, 2011 was approximately $1,188.2 million based on borrowing rates currently available to the Partnership on long-term debt with similar terms and average maturities. The fair value on its notes at September 25, 2011 was approximately $379.3 million based on borrowing rates available as of that date to the Partnership on notes with similar terms and maturities.

(8) Earnings per Unit:
Net income per limited partner unit is calculated based on the following unit amounts:
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
 
(In thousands except per unit amounts)
Basic weighted average units outstanding
 
55,346

 
55,328

 
55,345

 
55,310

 
55,342

 
55,284

Effect of dilutive units:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unit options
 

 
6

 

 
14

 

 
24

Phantom units
 
482

 
438

 
502

 
479

 
544

 
529

Diluted weighted average units outstanding
 
55,828

 
55,772

 
55,847

 
55,803

 
55,886

 
55,837

Net income per unit - basic
 
$
2.76

 
$
1.37

 
$
1.31

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.10

Net income per unit - diluted
 
$
2.74

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.30

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effect of unit options on the three, nine, and twelve months ended September 25, 2011 , had they not been out of the money or antidilutive, would have been 57,000 , 67,000 , and 127,000 units, respectively. The effect of out-of-the-money and/or antidilutive unit options on the three, nine, and twelve months ended September 26, 2010 , had they not been out of the money or antidilutive, would have been 315,000 , 318,000 , and 410,000 units, respectively.

16

Table of Contents

 

(9) Income and Partnership Taxes:
Under the applicable accounting rules, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable by the Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries for the current year and for the impact of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which represent future tax consequences of events that have been recognized differently in the financial statements than for tax purposes. The income tax provision (benefit) for interim periods is determined by applying an estimated annual effective tax rate to the quarterly income (loss) of the Partnership’s corporate subsidiaries. For 2011 , the estimated annual effective rate includes the effect of an anticipated adjustment to the valuation allowance that relates to foreign tax credit carry-forwards arising from the corporate subsidiaries. The amount of this adjustment has a disproportionate impact on the annual effective tax rate that results in a significant variation in the customary relationship between the provision for taxes and income before taxes in interim periods. In addition to income taxes on its corporate subsidiaries, the Partnership pays a publicly traded partnership tax (PTP tax) on partnership-level gross income (net revenues less cost of food, merchandise and games). As such, the Partnership’s total provision (benefit) for taxes includes amounts for both the PTP tax and for income taxes on its corporate subsidiaries.
 
(10) Contingencies:
The Partnership is party to a lawsuit with its largest unitholder that alleges, among other things, that the General Partner breached the terms of the Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Agreement”) by indicating that unitholders may lack the right to nominate candidates, or to solicit proxies in support of new candidates, for election to the board of directors of the General Partner. The Partnership has filed an answer denying the allegations as set forth in the complaint. The Partnership is also party to a lawsuit with its largest unitholder seeking declaratory and injunctive relief directing the Partnership to schedule a special meeting of unitholders to consider, among other things, a proposal to remove CFMI as the general partner of Cedar Fair and to amend the Partnership Agreement to allow unitholders to nominate directors for election to the board of directors of the general par tner. The lawsuit was initiated in response to the Partnership's denial of a request for a special meeting on the grounds that the request did not comply with the requirements set forth in the Partnership Agreement.   The Partnership has not yet filed an answer, and the case is still pending.

The Partnership is also a party to a number of lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, none of these matters will have a material effect in the aggregate on the Partnership's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.


(11) Pending sale of California's Great America:

On September 16, 2011, the Partnership and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Cedar Fair Southwest Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Southwest”) and Magnum Management Corporation, an Ohio corporation (“Magnum”), entered into an asset purchase agreement (the “Agreement”) with JMA Ventures, LLC, a California limited liability company (“JMA”), pursuant to which JMA will acquire the assets of California’s Great America for a purchase price of $70 million . Under the terms of the Agreement, JMA has the right to terminate the transaction for any reason within 60 days after the date of execution. The transaction is still subject to the approval of the City of Santa Clara, California, as well as other closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals. The transaction is anticipated to close by the end of the fourth quarter of 2011.

(12) Termination of Agreement with Private Equity Firm:
On April 6, 2010, the Partnership and the affiliates of Apollo Global Management (Apollo) mutually terminated the merger agreement originally entered into on December 16, 2009. Consistent with the terms of the agreement, the Partnership paid Apollo $6.5 million to reimburse them for certain expenses incurred in connection with the transaction. In addition, both parties released each other from all obligations with respect to the proposed merger transaction, as well as from any claims arising out of or relating to the merger agreement. The $6.5 million paid to Apollo in April was recognized as a charge to earnings in “Selling, general and administrative” in the second quarter of 2010 . The Partnership incurred approximately $10.4 million in costs associated with the terminated merger during 2010, and a total of $16.0 million of costs since the merger was initially announced.

 

(13) Consolidating Financial Information of Guarantors and Issuers:

Cedar Fair, L.P., Canada's Wonderland Company ("Cedar Canada"), and Magnum Management Corporation ("Magnum") are the co-issuers of the Partnership's 9.125% notes (see Note 5). The notes have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by each 100% owned subsidiary of Cedar Fair (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum) that guarantees the Partnership's senior secured credit facilities. There are no non-guarantor subsidiaries.

17

Table of Contents


The following consolidating schedules present condensed financial information for Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada, and Magnum, the co-issuers, and each 100% owned subsidiary of Cedar Fair (other than Cedar Canada and Magnum), the guarantors (on a combined basis), as of September 25, 2011 , December 31, 2010, and September 26, 2010 and for the periods ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 . In lieu of providing separate unaudited financial statements for the guarantor subsidiaries, we have included the accompanying consolidating condensed financial statements.

Since Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Canada and Magnum are co-issuers of the notes and co-borrowers under the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement, all outstanding debt has been equally reflected within each co-issuer's September 25, 2011 , December 31, 2010 and September 26, 2010 balance sheets in the accompanying consolidating condensed financial statements.

18

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
September 25, 2011
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
49,000

 
$
2,489

 
$
36,473

 
$
8,350

 
$

 
$
96,312

Receivables
 
3

 
45,663

 
81,773

 
587,910

 
(676,810
)
 
38,539

Inventories
 

 
1,684

 
2,951

 
32,311

 

 
36,946

Current deferred tax asset
 

 
1,686

 
779

 
3,409

 

 
5,874

Other current assets
 
875

 
2,091

 
774

 
5,559

 

 
9,299

 
 
49,878

 
53,613

 
122,750

 
637,539

 
(676,810
)
 
186,970

Property and Equipment (net)
 
469,782

 
1,055

 
257,907

 
904,787

 

 
1,633,531

Investment in Park
 
536,918

 
684,411

 
118,514

 
54,054

 
(1,393,897
)
 

Intercompany Note Receivable
 

 
269,500

 

 

 
(269,500
)
 

Goodwill
 
9,061

 

 
121,869

 
111,219

 

 
242,149

Other Intangibles, net
 

 

 
17,258

 
22,809

 

 
40,067

Deferred Tax Asset
 

 
49,845

 

 

 
(49,845
)
 

Intercompany Receivable
 
887,219

 
1,083,987

 
1,141,302

 

 
(3,112,508
)
 

Other Assets
 
28,962

 
16,884

 
9,616

 
1,160

 

 
56,622

 
 
$
1,981,820

 
$
2,159,295

 
$
1,789,216

 
$
1,731,568

 
$
(5,502,560
)
 
$
2,159,339

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
189,887

 
$
281,605

 
$
27,488

 
$
206,288

 
$
(676,810
)
 
$
28,458

Deferred revenue
 

 

 
3,701

 
28,993

 

 
32,694

Accrued interest
 
6,115

 
1,364

 
6,489

 

 

 
13,968

Accrued taxes
 
5,189

 
23,550

 

 
4,354

 

 
33,093

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
 

 
29,373

 
2,341

 
9,395

 

 
41,109

Self-insurance reserves
 

 
3,130

 
1,658

 
17,154

 

 
21,942

Current derivative liability
 
4,797

 

 
54,569

 

 

 
59,366

Other accrued liabilities
 
1,206

 
4,840

 
1,277

 
4,924

 

 
12,247

 
 
207,194

 
343,862

 
97,523

 
271,108

 
(676,810
)
 
242,877

Deferred Tax Liability
 

 

 
61,444

 
113,989

 
(49,845
)
 
125,588

Derivative Liability
 
20,459

 
13,376

 

 

 

 
33,835

Other Liabilities
 

 
2,872

 

 

 

 
2,872

Intercompany Note Payable
 

 

 

 
269,500

 
(269,500
)
 

Long-Term Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term debt
 
1,156,100

 
1,156,100

 
1,156,100

 

 
(2,312,200
)
 
1,156,100

Notes
 
400,154

 
400,154

 
400,154

 

 
(800,308
)
 
400,154

 
 
1,556,254

 
1,556,254

 
1,556,254

 

 
(3,112,508
)
 
1,556,254

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
 
197,913

 
242,931

 
73,995

 
1,076,971

 
(1,393,897
)
 
197,913

 
 
$
1,981,820

 
$
2,159,295

 
$
1,789,216

 
$
1,731,568

 
$
(5,502,560
)
 
$
2,159,339



19

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$

 
$
1,461

 
$
6,943

 
$
1,361

 
$

 
$
9,765

Receivables
 

 
59,686

 
94,404

 
508,676

 
(650,426
)
 
12,340

Inventories
 

 
1,732

 
2,536

 
27,874

 

 
32,142

Current deferred tax asset
 

 
1,686

 
779

 
3,409

 

 
5,874

Other current assets
 
460

 
1,242

 
370

 
8,141

 

 
10,213

 
 
460

 
65,807

 
105,032

 
549,461

 
(650,426
)
 
70,334

Property and Equipment (net)
 
465,364

 
1,090

 
268,258

 
941,929

 

 
1,676,641

Investment in Park
 
504,414

 
642,278

 
116,053

 
60,602

 
(1,323,347
)
 

Intercompany Note Receivable
 

 
270,188

 
20,000

 

 
(290,188
)
 

Goodwill
 
9,061

 

 
125,979

 
111,219

 

 
246,259

Other Intangibles, net
 

 

 
17,840

 
22,792

 

 
40,632

Deferred Tax Asset
 

 
44,450

 

 

 
(44,450
)
 

Intercompany Receivable
 
886,883

 
1,107,030

 
1,165,493

 

 
(3,159,406
)
 

Other Assets
 
23,855

 
13,469

 
9,998

 
1,256

 

 
48,578

 
 
$
1,890,037

 
$
2,144,312

 
$
1,828,653

 
$
1,687,259

 
$
(5,467,817
)
 
$
2,082,444

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
115,116

 
$
303,387

 
$
22,261

 
$
220,449

 
$
(650,426
)
 
$
10,787

Deferred revenue
 

 

 
3,384

 
22,944

 

 
26,328

Accrued interest
 
4,754

 
72

 
15,583

 

 

 
20,409

Accrued taxes
 
3,899

 
2,168

 
6,200

 
2,877

 

 
15,144

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
 

 
11,433

 
1,242

 
5,545

 

 
18,220

Self-insurance reserves
 

 
3,354

 
1,687

 
16,446

 

 
21,487

Current derivative liability
 
47,986

 

 

 

 

 
47,986

Other accrued liabilities
 
1,443

 
5,831

 
420

 
797

 

 
8,491

 
 
173,198

 
326,245

 
50,777

 
269,058

 
(650,426
)
 
168,852

Deferred Tax Liability
 

 

 
62,290

 
113,990

 
(44,450
)
 
131,830

Derivative Liability
 

 

 
54,517

 

 

 
54,517

Other Liabilities
 

 
10,406

 

 

 

 
10,406

Intercompany Note Payable
 

 
20,000

 

 
270,188

 
(290,188
)
 

Long-Term Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolving credit loans
 
23,200

 
23,200

 
23,200

 

 
(46,400
)
 
23,200

Term debt
 
1,157,062

 
1,157,062

 
1,157,062

 

 
(2,314,124
)
 
1,157,062

Notes
 
399,441

 
399,441

 
399,441

 

 
(798,882
)
 
399,441

 
 
1,579,703

 
1,579,703

 
1,579,703

 

 
(3,159,406
)
 
1,579,703

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
 
137,136

 
207,958

 
81,366

 
1,034,023

 
(1,323,347
)
 
137,136

 
 
$
1,890,037

 
$
2,144,312

 
$
1,828,653

 
$
1,687,259

 
$
(5,467,817
)
 
$
2,082,444


20

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
September 26, 2010
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
21,000

 
$
3,646

 
$
29,202

 
$
7,853

 
$

 
$
61,701

Receivables
 
259

 
46,456

 
57,237

 
545,241

 
(614,429
)
 
34,764

Inventories
 

 
1,816

 
2,616

 
30,498

 

 
34,930

Current deferred tax asset
 

 
2,539

 
801

 
3,385

 

 
6,725

Other current assets
 
828

 
1,298

 
861

 
3,512

 

 
6,499

 
 
22,087

 
55,755

 
90,717

 
590,489

 
(614,429
)
 
144,619

Property and Equipment (net)
 
463,955

 
1,151

 
258,887

 
1,009,974

 

 
1,733,967

Investment in Park
 
559,682

 
705,040

 
119,326

 
64,979

 
(1,449,027
)
 

Intercompany Note Receivable
 

 
271,563

 

 

 
(271,563
)
 

Goodwill
 
9,061

 

 
122,095

 
111,218

 

 
242,374

Other Intangibles, net
 

 

 
17,290

 
23,710

 

 
41,000

Deferred Tax Asset
 

 
25,921

 

 
4

 
(25,925
)
 

Intercompany Receiveable
 
894,434

 
1,094,434

 
1,160,000

 

 
(3,148,868
)
 

Other Assets
 
20,375

 
10,217

 
9,645

 
1,291

 

 
41,528

 
 
$
1,969,594

 
$
2,164,081

 
$
1,777,960

 
$
1,801,665

 
$
(5,509,812
)
 
$
2,203,488

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
 
$
11,750

 
$
11,750

 
$
11,750

 
$

 
$
(23,500
)
 
$
11,750

Accounts payable
 
121,855

 
275,030

 
6,203

 
236,182

 
(614,429
)
 
24,841

Deferred revenue
 

 

 
4,251

 
23,186

 

 
27,437

Accrued interest
 
7,061

 
1,980

 
7,178

 

 

 
16,219

Accrued taxes
 
5,527

 
18,999

 

 
4,788

 

 
29,314

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
 

 
17,811

 
2,285

 
9,138

 

 
29,234

Self-insurance reserves
 

 
4,044

 
1,614

 
15,973

 

 
21,631

Other accrued liabilities
 
1,040

 
5,132

 
1,391

 
4,322

 

 
11,885

 
 
147,233

 
334,746

 
34,672

 
293,589

 
(637,929
)
 
172,311

Deferred Tax Liability
 

 

 
48,498

 
130,990

 
(25,925
)
 
153,563

Derivative Liability
 
62,349

 
1,226

 
47,365

 

 

 
110,940

Other Liabilities
 

 
6,662

 

 

 

 
6,662

Intercompany Note Payable
 

 

 

 
271,563

 
(271,563
)
 

Long-Term Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term debt
 
1,163,250

 
1,163,250

 
1,163,250

 

 
(2,326,500
)
 
1,163,250

Notes
 
399,434

 
399,434

 
399,434

 

 
(798,868
)
 
399,434

 
 
1,562,684

 
1,562,684

 
1,562,684

 

 
(3,125,368
)
 
1,562,684

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
 
197,328

 
258,763

 
84,741

 
1,105,523

 
(1,449,027
)
 
197,328

 
 
$
1,969,594

 
$
2,164,081

 
$
1,777,960

 
$
1,801,665

 
$
(5,509,812
)
 
$
2,203,488



21

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Three Months Ended September 25, 2011
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
82,713

 
$
147,138

 
$
84,679

 
$
487,352

 
$
(229,614
)
 
$
572,268

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues
 

 

 
6,659

 
42,099

 

 
48,758

Operating expenses
 
1,257

 
69,119

 
19,397

 
301,293

 
(229,614
)
 
161,452

Selling, general and administrative
 
1,297

 
30,460

 
5,064

 
15,157

 

 
51,978

Depreciation and amortization
 
20,337

 
11

 
9,554

 
32,717

 

 
62,619

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
827

 

 
10

 
43

 

 
880

 
 
23,718

 
99,590

 
40,684

 
391,309

 
(229,614
)
 
325,687

Operating income
 
58,995

 
47,548

 
43,995

 
96,043

 

 
246,581

Interest expense, net
 
23,948

 
3,085

 
13,433

 
855

 

 
41,321

Net effect of swaps
 
(4,112
)
 
(192
)
 
342

 

 

 
(3,962
)
Unrealized / realized foreign currency loss
 

 

 
18,549

 

 

 
18,549

Other (income) expense
 
(30
)
 
(1,711
)
 
616

 
907

 

 
(218
)
(Income) from investment in affiliates
 
(118,052
)
 
(58,469
)
 
(8,433
)
 
(16,336
)
 
201,290

 

Income before taxes
 
157,241

 
104,835

 
19,488

 
110,617

 
(201,290
)
 
190,891

Provision for taxes
 
4,511

 
12,445

 
3,103

 
18,102

 

 
38,161

Net income
 
$
152,730

 
$
92,390

 
$
16,385

 
$
92,515

 
$
(201,290
)
 
$
152,730

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



22

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Three Months Ended September 26, 2010
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
80,132

 
$
144,532

 
$
74,726

 
$
470,028

 
$
(224,418
)
 
$
545,000

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues
 

 

 
5,855

 
39,736

 

 
45,591

Operating expenses
 
1,290

 
69,953

 
17,823

 
287,666

 
(224,418
)
 
152,314

Selling, general and administrative
 
(1,488
)
 
28,866

 
4,744

 
16,321

 

 
48,443

Depreciation and amortization
 
19,510

 
11

 
8,749

 
35,476

 

 
63,746

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
299

 

 
20

 

 

 
319

 
 
19,611

 
98,830

 
37,191

 
379,199

 
(224,418
)
 
310,413

Operating income
 
60,521

 
45,702

 
37,535

 
90,829

 

 
234,587

Interest expense (income), net
 
24,215

 
7,789

 
9,196

 
(755
)
 

 
40,445

Net effect of swaps
 
2,519

 

 
787

 

 

 
3,306

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 
24,831

 

 
10,458

 

 

 
35,289

Unrealized / realized foreign currency (gain)
 

 
(3,079
)
 
(5,099
)
 

 

 
(8,178
)
Other (income) expense
 
188

 
(1,834
)
 
516

 
1,130

 

 

(Income) from investment in affiliates
 
(71,399
)
 
(40,081
)
 
(812
)
 
(79
)
 
112,371

 

Income before taxes
 
80,167

 
82,907

 
22,489

 
90,533

 
(112,371
)
 
163,725

Provision for taxes
 
4,419

 
34,823

 
15,254

 
33,481

 

 
87,977

Net income
 
$
75,748

 
$
48,084

 
$
7,235

 
$
57,052

 
$
(112,371
)
 
$
75,748

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


23

Table of Contents


CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Nine Months Ended September 25, 2011
(In thousands)

 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
118,280

 
$
210,407

 
$
115,163

 
$
768,126

 
$
(328,349
)
 
$
883,627

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues
 

 

 
9,389

 
70,592

 

 
79,981

Operating expenses
 
4,180

 
131,955

 
38,959

 
504,813

 
(328,349
)
 
351,558

Selling, general and administrative
 
8,049

 
64,226

 
9,541

 
28,310

 

 
110,126

Depreciation and amortization
 
32,755

 
34

 
15,409

 
60,975

 

 
109,173

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
1,023

 

 
10

 
43

 

 
1,076

 
 
46,007

 
196,215

 
73,308

 
664,733

 
(328,349
)
 
651,914

Operating income
 
72,273

 
14,192

 
41,855

 
103,393

 

 
231,713

Interest expense, net
 
70,822

 
8,395

 
39,129

 
6,184

 

 
124,530

Net effect of swaps
 
(7,230
)
 
910

 
2,813

 

 

 
(3,507
)
Unrealized / realized foreign currency loss
 

 

 
14,704

 

 

 
14,704

Other (income) expense
 
1,517

 
(4,712
)
 
2,072

 
2,078

 

 
955

(Income) loss from investment in affiliates
 
(72,520
)
 
(35,527
)
 
(12,389
)
 
88

 
120,348

 

Income (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
 
79,684

 
45,126

 
(4,474
)
 
95,043

 
(120,348
)
 
95,031

Provision (benefit) for taxes
 
6,980

 
2,527

 
(4,435
)
 
17,255

 

 
22,327

Net income (loss)
 
$
72,704

 
$
42,599

 
$
(39
)
 
$
77,788

 
$
(120,348
)
 
$
72,704

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


24

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Nine Months Ended September 26, 2010
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
115,759

 
$
208,795

 
$
102,321

 
$
745,225

 
$
(324,197
)
 
$
847,903

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues
 

 

 
8,456

 
67,366

 

 
75,822

Operating expenses
 
3,989

 
132,951

 
35,696

 
487,566

 
(324,197
)
 
336,005

Selling, general and administrative
 
13,387

 
56,188

 
9,033

 
32,327

 

 
110,935

Depreciation and amortization
 
31,616

 
34

 
14,462

 
65,512

 

 
111,624

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 

 

 

 
1,390

 

 
1,390

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
299

 

 
20

 

 

 
319

 
 
49,291

 
189,173

 
67,667

 
654,161

 
(324,197
)
 
636,095

Operating income
 
66,468

 
19,622

 
34,654

 
91,064

 

 
211,808

Interest expense, net
 
56,930

 
24,978

 
18,553

 
2,345

 

 
102,806

Net effect of swaps
 
10,461

 

 
2,454

 

 

 
12,915

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 
24,831

 

 
10,458

 

 

 
35,289

Unrealized / realized foreign currency (gain)
 

 
(3,079
)
 
(5,103
)
 

 

 
(8,182
)
Other (income) expense
 
563

 
(5,087
)
 
1,031

 
3,493

 

 

(Income) from investment in affiliates
 
(64,855
)
 
(36,003
)
 
(812
)
 
(103
)
 
101,773

 

Income before taxes
 
38,538

 
38,813

 
8,073

 
85,329

 
(101,773
)
 
68,980

Provision for taxes
 
6,938

 
1,254

 
3,331

 
25,857

 

 
37,380

Net income
 
$
31,600

 
$
37,559

 
$
4,742

 
$
59,472

 
$
(101,773
)
 
$
31,600

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

25

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Twelve Months Ended September 25, 2011
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
138,907

 
$
247,595

 
$
126,355

 
$
886,578

 
$
(386,119
)
 
$
1,013,316

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues
 

 

 
9,850

 
80,928

 

 
90,778

Operating expenses
 
5,725

 
163,754

 
45,814

 
597,781

 
(386,119
)
 
426,955

Selling, general and administrative
 
9,755

 
79,492

 
11,347

 
32,598

 

 
133,192

Depreciation and amortization
 
36,708

 
95

 
17,152

 
70,390

 

 
124,345

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 

 

 

 
903

 

 
903

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
1,456

 

 
10

 
62,043

 

 
63,509

 
 
53,644

 
243,341

 
84,173

 
844,643

 
(386,119
)
 
839,682

Operating income
 
85,263

 
4,254

 
42,182

 
41,935

 

 
173,634

Interest expense, net
 
99,205

 
14,877

 
52,411

 
4,362

 

 
170,855

Net effect of swaps
 
(7,183
)
 
910

 
8,045

 

 

 
1,772

Unrealized / realized foreign currency loss
 

 

 
2,323

 

 

 
2,323

Other (income) expense
 
1,704

 
(5,748
)
 
2,852

 
2,147

 

 
955

(Income) loss from investment in affiliates
 
(26,059
)
 
574

 
(9,116
)
 
2,379

 
32,222

 

Income (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
 
17,596

 
(6,359
)
 
(14,333
)
 
33,047

 
(32,222
)
 
(2,271
)
Provision (benefit) for taxes
 
8,059

 
953

 
(7,295
)
 
(13,525
)
 

 
(11,808
)
Net income (loss)
 
$
9,537

 
$
(7,312
)
 
$
(7,038
)
 
$
46,572

 
$
(32,222
)
 
$
9,537

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



26

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Twelve Months Ended September 26, 2010
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
132,616

 
$
241,485

 
$
111,536

 
$
841,548

 
$
(373,712
)
 
$
953,473

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of food, merchandise and games revenues
 

 

 
8,721

 
77,666

 

 
86,387

Operating expenses
 
5,042

 
161,658

 
41,755

 
568,272

 
(373,712
)
 
403,015

Selling, general and administrative
 
19,040

 
69,396

 
10,527

 
36,124

 

 
135,087

Depreciation and amortization
 
35,532

 
45

 
16,044

 
79,144

 

 
130,765

Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 

 

 

 
5,890

 

 
5,890

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
294

 

 
53

 
(2
)
 

 
345

 
 
59,908

 
231,099

 
77,100

 
767,094

 
(373,712
)
 
761,489

Operating income
 
72,708

 
10,386

 
34,436

 
74,454

 

 
191,984

Interest expense, net
 
71,836

 
39,034

 
23,693

 
1,959

 

 
136,522

Net effect of swaps
 
13,530

 

 
5,471

 

 

 
19,001

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 
24,831

 

 
10,458

 

 

 
35,289

Unrealized / realized foreign currency (gain)
 

 
(3,079
)
 
(5,060
)
 

 

 
(8,139
)
Other (income) expense
 
777

 
(7,608
)
 
1,885

 
4,856

 

 
(90
)
(Income) from investment in affiliates
 
(51,556
)
 
(48,233
)
 
(812
)
 
(345
)
 
100,946

 

Income (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
 
13,290

 
30,272

 
(1,199
)
 
67,984

 
(100,946
)
 
9,401

Provision (benefit) for taxes
 
7,982

 
8,094

 
(17,634
)
 
5,651

 

 
4,093

Net income
 
$
5,308

 
$
22,178

 
$
16,435

 
$
62,333

 
$
(100,946
)
 
$
5,308

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




27

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Nine Months Ended September 25, 2011
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET CASH FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
$
171,861

 
$
51,146

 
$
48,421

 
$
25,378

 
$
(74,441
)
 
$
222,365

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment in joint ventures and affiliates
 
(32,504
)
 
(42,133
)
 
(6,352
)
 
6,548

 
74,441

 

Capital expenditures
 
(38,121
)
 

 
(10,510
)
 
(24,249
)
 

 
(72,880
)
Net cash from (for) investing activities
 
(70,625
)
 
(42,133
)
 
(16,862
)
 
(17,701
)
 
74,441

 
(72,880
)
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net borrowings on revolving credit loans
 
(23,200
)
 

 

 

 

 
(23,200
)
Term debt borrowings
 
13,246

 
9,358

 
334

 

 

 
22,938

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties
 
(13,831
)
 
(9,763
)
 
(306
)
 

 

 
(23,900
)
Intercompany (payments) receipts
 

 
688

 

 
(688
)
 

 

Distributions (paid) received
 
(16,668
)
 
64

 

 

 

 
(16,604
)
Payment of debt issuance costs
 
(11,783
)
 
(8,332
)
 
(375
)
 

 

 
(20,490
)
Net cash from (for) financing activities
 
(52,236
)
 
(7,985
)
 
(347
)
 
(688
)
 

 
(61,256
)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 

 

 
(1,682
)
 

 

 
(1,682
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase for the period
 
49,000

 
1,028

 
29,530

 
6,989

 

 
86,547

Balance, beginning of period
 

 
1,461

 
6,943

 
1,361

 

 
9,765

Balance, end of period
 
$
49,000

 
$
2,489

 
$
36,473

 
$
8,350

 
$

 
$
96,312

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

28

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Nine Months Ended September 26, 2010
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET CASH FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
$
151,851

 
$
(2,175
)
 
$
20,250

 
$
48,010

 
$
(6,825
)
 
$
211,111

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment in joint ventures and affiliates
 
(42,082
)
 
158,079

 
(118,168
)
 
(4,654
)
 
6,825

 

Capital expenditures
 
(20,039
)
 

 
(4,764
)
 
(34,866
)
 

 
(59,669
)
Net cash from (for) investing activities
 
(62,121
)
 
158,079

 
(122,932
)
 
(39,520
)
 
6,825

 
(59,669
)
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net borrowings on revolving credit loans
 
(86,300
)
 

 

 

 

 
(86,300
)
Term debt borrowings
 
680,000

 
480,000

 
15,000

 

 

 
1,175,000

Note borrowings
 

 

 
399,383

 

 

 
399,383

Intercompany term debt (payments) receipts
 
699,625

 
(698,250
)
 

 
(1,375
)
 

 

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties
 
(1,341,083
)
 

 
(207,869
)
 

 

 
(1,548,952
)
Return of capital
 

 
75,247

 
(75,247
)
 

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs
 
(20,972
)
 
(10,498
)
 
(9,527
)
 

 

 
(40,997
)
Net cash from (for) financing activities
 
(68,730
)
 
(153,501
)
 
121,740

 
(1,375
)
 

 
(101,866
)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 

 

 
197

 

 

 
197

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase for the period
 
21,000

 
2,403

 
19,255

 
7,115

 

 
49,773

Balance, beginning of period
 

 
1,243

 
9,947

 
738

 

 
11,928

Balance, end of period
 
$
21,000

 
$
3,646

 
$
29,202

 
$
7,853

 
$

 
$
61,701

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

29

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Twelve Months Ended September 25, 2011
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET CASH FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
$
103,893

 
$
(7,134
)
 
$
25,380

 
$
19,124

 
$
52,961

 
$
194,224

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment in joint ventures and affiliates
 
22,764

 
20,629

 
(1,356
)
 
10,924

 
(52,961
)
 

Capital expenditures
 
(44,247
)
 

 
(13,179
)
 
(27,488
)
 

 
(84,914
)
Net cash from (for) investing activities
 
(21,483
)
 
20,629

 
(14,535
)
 
(16,564
)
 
(52,961
)
 
(84,914
)
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term debt borrowings
 
13,246

 
9,358

 
334

 

 

 
22,938

Intercompany term debt (payments) receipts
 

 
2,063

 

 
(2,063
)
 

 

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties
 
(24,211
)
 
(17,091
)
 
(536
)
 

 

 
(41,838
)
Distributions (paid) received
 
(30,559
)
 
121

 

 

 

 
(30,438
)
Payment of debt issuance costs
 
(12,886
)
 
(9,110
)
 
(761
)
 

 

 
(22,757
)
Exercise of limited partnership unit options
 

 
7

 

 

 

 
7

Net cash from (for) financing activities
 
(54,410
)
 
(14,652
)
 
(963
)
 
(2,063
)
 

 
(72,088
)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 

 

 
(2,611
)
 

 

 
(2,611
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) for the period
 
28,000

 
(1,157
)
 
7,271

 
497

 

 
34,611

Balance, beginning of period
 
21,000

 
3,646

 
29,202

 
7,853

 

 
61,701

Balance, end of period
 
$
49,000

 
$
2,489

 
$
36,473

 
$
8,350

 
$

 
$
96,312

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

30

Table of Contents

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Twelve Months Ended September 26, 2010
(In thousands)
 
 
Cedar Fair L.P. (Parent)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Magnum)
 
Co-Issuer Subsidiary (Cedar Canada)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET CASH FROM (FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
$
186,166

 
$
(121,325
)
 
$
6,025

 
$
111,483

 
$
(13,162
)
 
$
169,187

CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment in joint ventures and affiliates
 
(115,055
)
 
277,270

 
(115,762
)
 
(59,615
)
 
13,162

 

Capital expenditures
 
(21,775
)
 

 
(5,197
)
 
(48,637
)
 

 
(75,609
)
Net cash from (for) investing activities
 
(136,830
)
 
277,270

 
(120,959
)
 
(108,252
)
 
13,162

 
(75,609
)
CASH FLOWS FROM (FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term debt borrowings
 
680,000

 
480,000

 
15,000

 

 

 
1,175,000

Note borrowings
 

 

 
399,383

 

 

 
399,383

Intercompany term debt (payments) receipts
 
703,250

 
(700,500
)
 

 
(2,750
)
 

 

Term debt payments, including early termination penalties
 
(1,400,123
)
 

 
(208,943
)
 

 

 
(1,609,066
)
Distributions (paid) received
 
(13,891
)
 
89

 

 

 

 
(13,802
)
Return of capital
 

 
75,247

 
(75,247
)
 

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs
 
(20,972
)
 
(10,498
)
 
(9,527
)
 

 

 
(40,997
)
Net cash from (for) financing activities
 
(51,736
)
 
(155,662
)
 
120,666

 
(2,750
)
 

 
(89,482
)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 

 

 
1,402

 

 

 
1,402

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) for the period
 
(2,400
)
 
283

 
7,134

 
481

 

 
5,498

Balance, beginning of period
 
23,400

 
3,363

 
22,068

 
7,372

 

 
56,203

Balance, end of period
 
$
21,000

 
$
3,646

 
$
29,202

 
$
7,853

 
$

 
$
61,701

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


31

Table of Contents


ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Business Overview:

We generate our revenues primarily from sales of (1) admission to our parks, (2) food, merchandise and games inside our parks, and (3) hotel rooms, food and other attractions outside our parks. Our principal costs and expenses, which include salaries and wages, advertising, maintenance, operating supplies, utilities and insurance, are relatively fixed and do not vary significantly with attendance.

Each of our properties is run by a park general manager and operates autonomously. Management reviews operating results, evaluates performance and makes operating decisions, including the allocation of resources, on a property-by-property basis. In order to better facilitate discussion of trends in attendance and guest per capita spending than would be possible on a consolidated basis, our eleven amusement parks and six separately gated water parks have been grouped into regional designations. The northern region, which is the largest, includes Cedar Point and the adjacent Soak City water park, Kings Island, Canada's Wonderland, Dorney Park & Wildwater Kingdom, Valleyfair, Geauga Lake's Wildwater Kingdom, Michigan's Adventure and the Castaway Bay Indoor Waterpark Resort in Sandusky, Ohio. The southern region includes Kings Dominion, Carowinds, Worlds of Fun and Oceans of Fun. Finally, our western region includes Knott's Berry Farm, California's Great America and the Soak City water parks located in Palm Springs, San Diego and adjacent to Knott's Berry Farm. This region also includes the management contract with Gilroy Gardens Family Theme Park in Gilroy, California.

Other than attendance and guest per capita statistics, discrete financial information and operating results are not prepared at the regional level, but rather at the individual park level for use by the CEO, who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), as well as by the interim co-principal financial officers, the park general managers, and the COO and an executive vice president, who report directly to the CEO and to whom our park general managers report.



Critical Accounting Policies:
This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These principles require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions during the normal course of business that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
Management believes that judgment and estimates related to the following critical accounting policies could materially affect our consolidated financial statements:
 
Property and Equipment
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Self-Insurance Reserves
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Revenue Recognition
In the third quarter of 2011 , there were no changes in the above critical accounting policies previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 .



32

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA:
We believe that Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, other non-cash items, and adjustments as defined in the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement) is a meaningful measure of park-level operating profitability because we use it for measuring returns on capital investments, evaluating potential acquisitions, determining awards under incentive compensation plans, and calculating compliance with certain loan covenants. Adjusted EBITDA is provided in the discussion of results of operations that follows as a supplemental measure of our operating results and is not intended to be a substitute for operating income, net income or cash flows from operating activities as defined under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
The table below sets forth a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the three-, nine-, and twelve-month periods ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 .
 
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
 
(In thousands )
Net income
 
$
152,730

 
$
75,748

 
$
72,704

 
$
31,600

 
$
9,537

 
$
5,308

Interest expense
 
41,353

 
41,487

 
124,650

 
103,886

 
171,049

 
137,598

Interest income
 
(32
)
 
(1,042
)
 
(120
)
 
(1,080
)
 
(194
)
 
(1,076
)
Provision (benefit) for taxes
 
38,161

 
87,977

 
22,327

 
37,380

 
(11,808
)
 
4,093

Depreciation and amortization
 
62,619

 
63,746

 
109,173

 
111,624

 
124,345

 
130,765

EBITDA
 
294,831

 
267,916

 
328,734

 
283,410

 
292,929

 
276,688

Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 

 
35,289

 

 
35,289

 

 
35,289

Net effect of swaps
 
(3,962
)
 
3,306

 
(3,507
)
 
12,915

 
1,772

 
19,001

Unrealized foreign currency (gain) loss on Notes
 
17,314

 
(4,789
)
 
13,224

 
(4,789
)
 
549

 
(4,789
)
Non-cash option expense (income)
 

 
(38
)
 
(228
)
 
(48
)
 
(269
)
 
(687
)
Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 

 

 

 
1,390

 
903

 
5,890

Loss on impairment/retirement of fixed assets, net
 
880

 
319

 
1,076

 
319

 
63,509

 
345

Terminated merger costs
 

 
256

 
80

 
10,534

 
(79
)
 
16,153

Refinancing costs
 
(195
)
 
(2,517
)
 
955

 

 
955

 

Class action settlement costs
 

 

 

 
276

 

 
276

Other non-recurring items (as defined)
 
836

 

 
6,107

 

 
6,107

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)
 
$
309,704

 
$
299,742

 
$
346,441

 
$
339,296

 
$
366,376

 
$
348,166

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) As permitted by and defined in the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

33

Table of Contents

Results of Operations:


Nine Months Ended September 25, 2011 -

The following table presents key financial information for the nine months ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 :
 
 
Nine months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
$
 
%
 
 
(Amounts in thousands except per capita spending)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
883,627

 
$
847,903

 
$
35,724

 
4.2
 %
Operating costs and expenses
 
541,665

 
522,762

 
18,903

 
3.6
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
109,173

 
111,624

 
(2,451
)
 
(2.2
)%
Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 

 
1,390

 
(1,390
)
 
N/M

Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, net
 
1,076

 
319

 
757

 
N/M

Operating income
 
$
231,713

 
$
211,808

 
$
19,905

 
9.4
 %
N/M - Not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
346,441

 
$
339,296

 
$
7,145

 
2.1
 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin
 
39.2
%
 
40.0
%
 

 
(0.8
)%
Attendance
 
20,114

 
19,773

 
341

 
1.7
 %
Per capita spending
 
$
40.15

 
$
39.35

 
$
0.80

 
2.0
 %
Out-of-park revenues
 
$
97,622

 
$
92,173

 
$
5,449

 
5.9
 %

Net revenues for the nine months ended September 25, 2011 increased $35.7 million to $883.6 million from $847.9 million during the nine months ended September 26, 2010 . The 4% increase in revenues reflects a 2% increase in combined attendance (341,000 visits) through the first nine months of 2011 when compared with the same period a year ago, due primarily to an increase in season-pass visits. The growth in season-pass visits was the result of an increased marketing focus toward season passes at several of our parks, resulting in a significant increase in the number of season passes sold, particularly in the northern and western regions.

The increase in revenues also reflects a 2%, or $0.80, increase in average in-park guest per capita spending during the first nine months of the year when compared with the first nine months of 2010, and a 6%, or $5.4 million, increase in out-of-park revenues from the sale of hotel rooms, food, merchandise and other complementary activities located outside of the park gates. In-park guest per capita spending represents the amount spent per attendee to gain admission to our parks plus all amounts spent while inside the park gates. For this year's nine-month period, average in-park per capita spending increased across the northern and southern regions, with the northern regions having the largest gain when compared to last year's first nine months, being offset by a slight decline in the western region. The 6% increase in out-of-park revenues primarily reflects improved operating results at our resort properties in 2011, which were driven by increased occupancy rates and higher average-daily-room rates. In addition, the increase in revenues for the first nine months of the year reflects the favorable impact of exchange rates and the weakening U.S. dollar on our Canadian operations ($7.5 million) during the period.

For the nine-month period in 2011, operating costs and expenses increased 4%, or $18.9 million, to $541.7 million from $522.8 million for the same period in 2010. This was the net result of a $4.2 million increase in cost of goods sold and a $15.5 million increase in operating expenses, offset somewhat by a $0.8 million decrease in selling, general and administrative costs. The 5% increase in operating expenses is primarily attributable to $7.7 million of higher wage costs, $3.2 million of higher maintenance costs and $1.9 million of higher operating supply costs. The cost of operating supplies has trended up between years primarily as the direct result of the increase in attendance. The increase in wages is largely the result of increased seasonal labor hours through the first nine months of 2011 compared to 2010, as a result of expanded park operating hours at several parks, additional attractions and guest services, and the overall effect of increased attendance. The decrease in selling, general and administrative costs in the period principally reflects the impact of costs from the terminated merger with Apollo during the first nine months of 2010 ($10.8 million) offset by legal and professional costs incurred during the first nine months of 2011 ($6.1 million), including litigation expenses and costs for SEC compliance matters related to Special Meeting requests. Selling, general and administrative costs in the period were also negatively affected by a $3.1 million increase in our long-term executive compensation plans resulting in large part from the increase in the market price of our units during the period. The overall increase in costs and expenses

34

Table of Contents

discussed above reflect the negative impact of exchange rates on our Canadian operations ($2.9 million) during the first nine months of the year.

Depreciation and amortization expense for the period decreased $2.5 million, as a result of the impairment charge taken on the fixed assets of California's Great America at the end of 2010. For the nine-month period of 2011, the loss on impairment/retirement of fixed assets was $1.1 million, reflecting the retirement of fixed assets in the normal course of business at most of our properties. During the second quarter of 2010, we recognized a $1.4 million non-cash charge for the impairment of trade-names originally recorded at the time of the PPI acquisition. After depreciation, amortization, loss on impairment of the trade-names, loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, and all other non-cash costs, operating income for the period increased $19.9 million, or 9%, to $231.7 million for the nine-month period ending September 25, 2011 compared to operating income of $211.8 million for the nine-month period ending September 26, 2010.

As a result of the July 2010 refinancing of our debt, as well as the February 2011 amendment to our credit agreement (as further discussed in the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section), interest-rate spreads, and to a lesser extent long-term borrowings, were higher during the first nine months of 2011 compared with the same period in 2010, causing an increase in interest expense. Based primarily on higher interest-rate spreads as well as somewhat higher long-term borrowings during the first half of 2011, interest expense for the current-year nine-month period increased $20.8 million to $124.7 million compared with $103.9 million for the same period in 2010.

The net effect of our swaps decreased $16.4 million between the nine-month periods, resulting in a non-cash benefit to earnings of $3.5 million for the first nine months of 2011, which compares to a $12.9 million non-cash charge to earnings the first nine months of 2010. The difference reflects the regularly scheduled amortization of amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI") related to the swaps, which was offset by gains from marking the ineffective and de-designated swaps to market and foreign currency gains related to the U.S.-dollar denominated Canadian term loan in the current period. During the current nine-month period, we also recognized a $14.7 million net charge to earnings for unrealized/realized foreign currency gains and losses, which included a $13.2 million unrealized foreign currency loss on the U.S.-dollar denominated notes issued in July 2010 and held at our Canadian property.

During the first nine months of 2011, a provision for taxes of $22.3 million was recorded to account for publicly traded partnership (“PTP”) taxes and the tax attributes of our corporate subsidiaries. This compares with a $37.4 million provision for taxes for the same nine-month period in 2010. The year-over-year variation in the tax provision recorded through the first nine months of the year is primarily due to a lower estimated annual effective tax rate for the 2011 year, which was impacted by lower expected foreign taxes for 2011 and the related favorable adjustment to the foreign tax credit valuation allowance. Actual cash taxes paid or payable are estimated to be between $8 million and $10 million for the 2011 calendar year.

After interest expense, and the provision for taxes, net income for the nine months ended September 25, 2011 totaled $72.7 million, or $1.30 per diluted limited partner unit, compared with net income of $31.6 million, or $0.57 per diluted limited partner unit, for the nine months ended September 26, 2010.

For the nine-month period, Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement), which we believe is a meaningful measure of the company's park-level operating results, increased $7.1 million to $346.4 million compared with $339.3 million during the same period a year ago. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was due to the incremental net revenues resulting from the increases in combined attendance, average guest per capita spending and out-of-park revenues. These gains were offset somewhat by incremental operating costs associated with the increase in attendance. For the period, Adjusted EBITDA margin (Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues) declined by 80 basis points to 39.2% from 40.0%. The margin compression is primarily the result of a shift in the mix of operating profit in 2011 toward our lower margin parks. For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it provides useful information, and a reconciliation to net income, see page 33.












35

Table of Contents



Third Quarter -

The following table presents key financial information for the three months ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 :
 
 
Three months ended
 
Three months ended
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
$
 
%
 
 
(Amounts in thousands except per capita spending)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
 
$
572,268

 
$
545,000

 
$
27,268

 
5.0
 %
Operating costs and expenses
 
262,188

 
246,348

 
15,840

 
6.4
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
62,619

 
63,746

 
(1,127
)
 
(1.8
)%
Loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets
 
880

 
319

 
561

 
N/M

Operating income
 
$
246,581

 
$
234,587

 
$
11,994

 
5.1
 %
N/M - Not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
309,704

 
$
299,742

 
$
9,962

 
3.3
 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin
 
54.1
%
 
55.0
%
 

 
(0.9
)%
Attendance
 
12,933

 
12,657

 
276

 
2.2
 %
Per capita spending
 
$
40.84

 
$
39.83

 
$
1.01

 
2.5
 %
Out-of-park revenues
 
$
58,879

 
$
54,587

 
$
4,292

 
7.9
 %

For the quarter ended September 25, 2011 , net revenues increased 5%, or $27.3 million, to $572.3 million from $545.0 million in 2010. This increase reflects a 2% increase in combined attendance (276,000 visits) , a 3% increase in average in-park per capita spending, and an 8% ($4.3 million) increase in out-of-park revenues, including from our resort hotels. As mentioned in the nine-month discussion above, the increases in attendance and revenue were primarily due to improved season-pass sales and an increase in season-pass visits during the third quarter of 2011 across all regions. In addition, revenues from our resort properties increased in the current-year period on higher occupancy rates and average-daily-room rates. The increase in revenues for the third quarter of 2011 also reflects the favorable impact of exchange rates and the weakening U.S. dollar on our Canadian operations ($5.7 million) during the period.

Costs and expenses for the quarter increased 6%, or $15.8 million, to $262.2 million from $246.4 million in the third quarter of 2010, the net result of a $3.2 million increase in cost of goods sold, a $9.1 million increase in operating expenses and a $3.5 million increase in selling, general and administrative costs. The 6% increase in operating expenses is primarily attributable to $4.8 million of higher wage costs, as well as minor increases in operating supplies ($0.3 million), utility costs ($0.8 million) and insurance costs ($0.6 million). The cost of operating supplies in the quarter has trended up between years primarily as the direct result of the increase in attendance. The increase in wages is largely the result of increased seasonal labor hours during the third quarter of 2011 compared to 2010, as a result of expanded park operating hours at several parks, additional attractions and guest services, and the overall effect of increased attendance. The increase in selling, general and administrative costs in the quarter reflects the impact of legal and professional costs incurred during the third quarter of 2011 ($0.6 million), including litigation expenses and costs for SEC compliance matters related to Special Meeting requests, as well as the effect of a $2.5 million credit recognized in the third quarter of 2010 related to debt refinancing efforts. The overall increase in costs and expenses discussed above reflects the negative impact of exchange rates on our Canadian operations ($1.6 million) during the current quarter.

Interest expense for the third quarter of 2011 was $41.4 million, representing a $0.1 million decrease from the interest expense for the third quarter of 2010, as our interest rates and long-term borrowings decreased slightly as a result of the February 2011 refinancing.

During the third quarter of 2011, the net effect of our swaps decreased $7.3 million to a non-cash benefit to earnings of $4.0 million, reflecting the regularly scheduled amortization of amounts in AOCI related to interest rate swaps, as well as gains from marking the ineffective and de-designated swaps to market and foreign currency gains related to the U.S.-dollar denominated Canadian term loan in the current period. During the third quarter of 2011, we also recognized a $18.5 million net charge to earnings for unrealized/realized foreign currency gains and losses, $17.3 million of which represents an unrealized foreign currency loss on the U.S.-dollar denominated notes issued in July 2010 and held at our Canadian property.

36

Table of Contents


During the quarter, a provision for taxes of $38.2 million was recorded to account for PTP taxes and the tax attributes of our corporate subsidiaries, compared to a provision for taxes of $88.0 million in the same period a year ago. The variation in the tax provision recorded between periods is due primarily to the lower estimated annual effective tax rate for the 2011 year as discussed in the nine month section above.

After interest expense and the provision for taxes, net income for the quarter totaled $152.7 million, or $2.74 per diluted limited partner unit, compared with net income of $75.7 million, or $1.36 per diluted limited partner unit, for the third quarter a year ago.

For the third quarter of 2011, Adjusted EBITDA increased 3% to $309.7 million from $299.7 million in 2010, due primarily to the incremental net revenues resulting from the increases in combined attendance, average guest per capita spending and out-of-park revenues. These gains were partially offset by higher park-level operating costs during the quarter. For the period, Adjusted EBITDA margin (adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues) declined by 90 basis points to 54.1% from 55.0%. Consistent with our nine-month results, the slight margin compression is primarily the result of a shift in the mix of operating profit during the third quarter of 2011 toward our lower margin parks. For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it provides useful information, and a reconciliation to net income, see page 33.


Twelve Months Ended September 25, 2011 -

The following table presents key financial information for the twelve months ended September 25, 2011 and September 26, 2010 :

 
 
Twelve months ended
 
Twelve months ended
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
9/25/2011
 
9/26/2010
 
$
 
%
 
 
(Amounts in thousands except per capita spending)
Net revenues
 
$
1,013,316

 
$
953,473

 
$
59,843

 
6.3
 %
Operating costs and expenses
 
650,925

 
624,489

 
26,436

 
4.2
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
124,345

 
130,765

 
(6,420
)
 
(4.9
)%
Loss on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
 
903

 
5,890

 
(4,987
)
 
N/M

Loss on impairment/retirement of fixed assets
 
63,509

 
345

 
63,164

 
N/M

Operating income
 
$
173,634

 
$
191,984

 
$
(18,350
)
 
(9.6
)%
N/M - Not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
366,376

 
$
348,166

 
$
18,210

 
5.2
 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin
 
36.2
%
 
36.5
%
 

 
(0.4
)%
Attendance
 
23,135

 
22,159

 
976

 
4.4
 %
Per capita spending
 
$
39.91

 
$
39.23

 
$
0.68

 
1.7
 %
Out-of-park revenues
 
$
114,258

 
$
108,331

 
$
5,927

 
5.5
 %

Net revenues for the twelve months ended September 25, 2011 , were $1,013.3 million compared with $953.5 million for the twelve months ended September 26, 2010 . The increase of $59.8 million in net revenues reflects a 4% (976,000 visits) increase in combined attendance, a 5%, ($5.9 million) increase in out-of-park revenues, and a 2% ($0.68) increase in average in-park guest per capita spending. The increase in out-of-park revenues is primarily the result of increased revenues at our resort properties, driven by higher occupancy rates and average-daily-room rates. The improved attendance for the current twelve-month period relative to the prior twelve-month period reflects strong attendance figures in the fourth quarter of 2010 and third quarter of 2011, largely due to increases in season passes sold and season-pass visits. In addition, attendance in the trailing twelve months ended September 25, 2011 benefited from favorable weather conditions throughout much of the fourth quarter of 2010 when compared to the fourth quarter of 2009. Revenues for the period also benefited from the impact of currency exchange rates and the weakening U.S. dollar on our Canadian operations (approximately $7.9 million).

When comparing the two twelve-month periods, costs and expenses increased $26.4 million, or 4%, to $650.9 million from $624.5 million for the same period a year ago. The increase in costs and expenses was the net result of a $4.4 million increase in cost of goods sold, a $23.9 million increase in operating expenses offset by a $1.9 million decrease in selling, general and administrative costs. Consistent with the trends mentioned in our nine-month discussion above, the 6% increase in operating expenses is primarily attributable to higher wages, maintenance costs and operating supply costs during the current twelve-month period compared to

37

Table of Contents

the same period a year ago. In addition, the overall increase in costs and expenses reflects the negative impact of exchange rates on our Canadian operations ($3.3 million) during the twelve-month period compared to the same period a year ago.

Depreciation and amortization expense for the trailing-twelve-month periods decreased $6.4 million between years, resulting primarily from the impairment charge taken on the fixed assets of California's Great America at the end of 2010. During the twelve-month period ended September 25, 2011, we recognized a non-cash charge of $0.9 million for the partial impairment of trade-names originally recorded at the time of the PPI acquisition, which was booked in the fourth quarter of 2010. This compares with a total non-cash charge of $5.9 million for the impairment of trade-names during the twelve-month period ended September 26, 2010, which was recorded in the second quarter of 2010 ($1.4 million) and the fourth quarter of 2009 ($4.5 million). Additionally, in the current trailing-twelve month period we recognized a non-cash charge of $62.0 million at California's Great America for the partial impairment of the park's fixed assets and a $1.5 million charge for asset retirements across all properties. This compares to a non-cash charge of $0.3 million in the same period a year ago for the retirement of assets across our properties. After depreciation, amortization, loss on impairment of the trade-names, loss on impairment / retirement of fixed assets, and all other non-cash costs, operating income for the twelve months ended September 25, 2011 decreased $18.4 million to $173.6 million compared with $192.0 million for the same period a year ago.

As a result of the July 2010 debt refinancing, as well as the February 2011 amendment to the credit agreement, interest-rate spreads and long-term borrowings were higher during the current trailing-twelve-month period than the same period a year ago. Based on the higher interest rates and long-term borrowings, interest expense for the period increased $33.4 million to $171.0 million from $137.6 million for the same period a year ago. Also as the result of the July 2010 refinancing, a $35.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt was recognized and recorded in the statement of operations.

The net effect of our swaps during the period was a non-cash charge to earnings of $1.8 million, representing a decrease of $17.2 million from the twelve-month period in 2010. This non-cash charge reflects the regularly scheduled amortization of amounts in AOCI related to the swaps, offset somewhat by gains from marking the ineffective and de-designated swaps to market and foreign currency gains related to the U.S.-dollar denominated Canadian term loan in the current period. During the last twelve-month period, we also recognized a $2.3 million net charge to earnings for unrealized/realized foreign currency gains and losses, $0.5 million of which represents an unrealized foreign currency loss on the U.S.-dollar denominated notes issued in July and held at our Canadian property.

A net benefit for taxes of $11.8 million was recorded to account for PTP taxes and the tax attributes of our corporate subsidiaries during the twelve-month period ended September 25, 2011 , compared with a provision for taxes of $4.1 million during the same twelve-month period a year ago. The variation in the tax provision (benefit) recorded between periods is due primarily to the lower estimated annual effective tax rate for the 2011 year, as noted above in our discussion of nine-month operating results.

After interest expense and the provision (benefit) for taxes, net income for the twelve months ended September 25, 2011 was $9.5 million, or $0.17 per diluted limited partner unit, compared with net income of $5.3 million, or $0.10 per diluted limited partner unit, for the twelve months ended September 26, 2010 .
 
For the twelve-month period ended September 25, 2011 , Adjusted EBITDA increased $18.2 million, or 5%, to $366.4 million, primarily the result of the revenue growth between years driven by the increase in attendance and per-capita spending, and offset somewhat by incremental operating costs associated with the increase in attendance. For the period, Adjusted EBITDA margin (Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues) declined by 30 basis points to 36.2% from 36.5%. The margin compression is primarily the result of a shift in the mix of operating profit in 2011 toward our lower margin parks. For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it provides useful information, and a reconciliation to net income, see page 33.

October 2011 -

Based on preliminary October results, net revenues for the first ten months of the year increased approximately $46 million to $997 million from $951 million for the same period a year ago, on a comparable number of operating days. The revenue increase reflects a 2% increase in attendance to 22.7 million visitors from 22.2 million through the first ten months of 2010 and a 2% increase in average in-park guest per capita spending. Over this same period, out-of-park revenues increased approximately $6 million, or 6%, to $107 million, driven primarily by improved occupancy levels at our resort properties.




38

Table of Contents


Liquidity and Capital Resources:
With respect to both liquidity and cash flow, we ended the third quarter of 2011 in sound condition. The negative working capital ratio (current liabilities divided by current assets) of 1.3 at September 25, 2011 reflects the impact of our seasonal business. Receivables and inventories are at normal seasonal levels and credit facilities are in place to fund current liabilities and capital expenditures.

In July 2010, we issued $405 million of 9.125% senior unsecured notes, maturing in 2018, in a private placement, including $5.6 million of Original Issue Discount (OID) to yield 9.375%. Concurrently with this offering, we entered into a new $1,435 million credit agreement (the "2010 Credit Agreement"), which included a new $1,175 million senior secured term loan facility and a new $260 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from the offering of the notes, along with proceeds from the 2010 Credit Agreement, were used to repay in full all amounts outstanding under our existing credit facilities.

In February 2011, we amended the 2010 Credit Agreement (as so amended, the "Amended 2010 Credit Agreement"), including to extend the maturity date of the U.S. term loan portion of the credit facilities by one year. Under the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement, the extended U.S. term loan is scheduled to mature in December of 2017 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 300 bps, with a LIBOR floor of 100 bps.
The Amended 2010 Credit Agreement also includes a $260 million revolving credit facility. Under the agreement, the Canadian portion of the revolving credit facility has a limit of $15 million. U.S. denominated loans made under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps (with no LIBOR floor). Canadian denominated loans made under the Canadian portion of the facility also bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 400 bps (with no LIBOR floor). The revolving credit facility, which matures in July of 2015, also provides for the issuance of documentary and standby letters of credit.
In August of 2011, we made an $18 million optional prepayment on our variable-rate term debt. As a result of this prepayment, at the end of the third quarter we had no term debt maturities due within the next twelve months. At the end of the quarter, we had a total of $1,156.1 million of variable-rate term debt, $400.2 million of fixed-rate debt (including OID), no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and cash on hand of $96.3 million. After letters of credit, which totaled $15.6 million at September 25, 2011 , we had $244.4 million of available borrowings under the revolving credit facility under the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement.
Our $405 million of senior unsecured notes require semi-annual interest payments in February and August, with the principal due in full on August 1, 2018. The notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to August 1, 2014 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Thereafter, the notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at various prices depending on the date redeemed. Prior to August 1, 2013, up to 35% of the notes may be redeemed with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at 109.125%.
In 2006, we entered into several fixed-rate interest rate swap agreements totaling $1.0 billion. The weighted average fixed-LIBOR rate on these interest rate swaps, which matured on October 1, 2011, was 5.6%. Based upon our scheduled quarterly regression analysis testing of the effectiveness for the accounting treatment of these swaps, as well as changes in the forward interest rate yield curves used in that testing, the swaps were deemed to be ineffective beginning in October 2009 and continued to be deemed ineffective through September 25, 2011 . This resulted in the swaps not qualifying for hedge accounting during the fourth quarter of 2009 and through 2010 and the first three quarters of 2011. The fair market value of these instruments at September 25, 2011 was a $4.8 million liability, which was recorded in “Current derivative liability” on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
In 2007, we entered into two cross-currency swap agreements, which mature in February 2012 and effectively converted $268.7 million of term debt at the time, and the associated interest payments, from U.S. dollar denominated debt at a rate of LIBOR plus 200 bps to 6.3% fixed-rate Canadian dollar denominated debt. As a result of paying down the underlying Canadian term debt with net proceeds from the sale of surplus land near Canada’s Wonderland in August 2009, the notional amounts of the underlying debt and the cross-currency swaps no longer match. Because of the mismatch of the notional amounts, we determined the swaps would no longer be highly effective going forward, resulting in the de-designation of the swaps as of the end of August 2009. The fair market value of these instruments at September 25, 2011 was a $37.7 million liability, which was recorded in “Current derivative liability” on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
Based on the change in currency exchange rates from the time we originally entered into the cross-currency swap agreements in 2007, the termination liability of the swaps has increased steadily over time. In order to protect ourselves from further downside risk to the swaps' termination value, in May 2011 we entered into several foreign currency swap agreements to fix the exchange

39

Table of Contents

rate on 50% of the liability. In July 2011, we fixed the exchange rate on another 25% of the swap liability, leaving only 25% exposed to further fluctuations in currency exchange rates. The fair market value of the foreign currency swap agreements in place as of September 25, 2011 was a liability of $16.8 million , which was recorded in "Current derivative liability" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. Based on currency exchange rates in place at the end of the third quarter of 2011 and the exchange rates locked into by the foreign currency swap agreements, we estimate the cash termination costs of the cross-currency swaps will total approximately $50 million in February 2012.
The following table presents fixed-rate swaps in existence as of September 25, 2011 , along with their notional amounts and their fixed interest rates, which compare to 30-day LIBOR of 0.25%. These swaps matured on October 1, 2011. The table also presents our cross-currency swaps and their notional amounts and interest rates as of September 25, 2011 .
($'s in thousands)
Interest Rate Swaps
 
Cross-currency Swaps
 
Notional Amounts
 
LIBOR Rate
 
Notional Amounts
 
Interest Rate
 
$
200,000

 
5.64
%
 
$
256,000

 
7.31
%
 
200,000

 
5.64
%
 
500

 
9.50
%
 
200,000

 
5.64
%
 
 
 
 
 
200,000

 
5.57
%
 
 
 
 
 
100,000

 
5.60
%
 
 
 
 
 
100,000

 
5.60
%
 
 
 
 
Total $'s / Average Rate
$
1,000,000

 
5.62
%
 
$
256,500

 
7.31
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In order to maintain fixed interest costs on a portion of its domestic term debt beyond the expiration of the swaps entered into in 2006 and 2007, in September 2010 we entered into several forward-starting swap agreements ("September 2010 swaps") to effectively convert a total of $600 million of variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. As a result of the February 2011 amendment to our credit agreement, the LIBOR floor on the term loan portion of our credit facilities decreased to 100 bps from 150 bps, causing a mismatch in critical terms of the September 2010 swaps and the underlying debt. Because of the mismatch of critical terms, we determined the September 2010 swaps, which were originally designated as cash flow hedges, were no longer highly effective, resulting in the de-designation of the September 2010 swaps as of the end of February 2011.
In order to monetize the difference in the LIBOR floors, in March 2011 we entered into several additional forward-starting basis-rate swap agreements ("March 2011 swaps") that, when combined with the September 2010 swaps, will effectively convert $600 million of variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. The September 2010 swaps and the March 2011 swaps, which have been jointly designated as cash flow hedges, mature in December 2015 and fix LIBOR at a weighted average rate of 2.46%.
On May 2, 2011, we entered into four additional forward-starting basis-rate swap agreements ("May 2011 forward-starting swaps") that effectively convert another $200 million of variable-rate debt to fixed rates beginning in October 2011. These swaps, which have been designated as cash flow hedges, mature in December 2015 and fix LIBOR at a weighted average rate of 2.54% . The fair market value of all $800 million of forward-starting swap agreements at September 25, 2011 was a liability of $33.8 million , which was recorded in "Derivative Liability" on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

40

Table of Contents

The following table presents our September 2010 swaps, March 2011 swaps, and May 2011 forward-starting swaps, which became effective October 1, 2011 and mature December 15, 2015, along with their notional amounts and their effective fixed interest rates.
($'s in thousands)
Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps
 
Notional Amounts
 
LIBOR Rate
 
$
200,000

 
2.40
%
 
75,000

 
2.43
%
 
50,000

 
2.42
%
 
150,000

 
2.55
%
 
50,000

 
2.42
%
 
50,000

 
2.55
%
 
25,000

 
2.43
%
 
50,000

 
2.54
%
 
30,000

 
2.54
%
 
70,000

 
2.54
%
 
50,000

 
2.54
%
Total $'s / Average Rate
$
800,000

 
2.48
%

The Amended 2010 Credit Agreement requires us to maintain specified financial ratios, which if breached for any reason, including a decline in operating results due to economic or weather conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreement. The most critical of these ratios is the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, which is measured on a trailing-twelve-month quarterly basis. At the end of the third quarter of 2011, this ratio was set at 6.25x consolidated total debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to-consolidated EBITDA. Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2011, this ratio will decrease to 6.0x consolidated total debt (excluding the revolving debt)-to consolidated EBITDA, and the ratio will decrease further each fourth quarter beginning with the fourth quarter of 2013. Based on our trailing-twelve-month results ending September 25, 2011 , our Consolidated Leverage Ratio was 4.25 x, providing $117.4 million of EBITDA cushion on the ratio at the end of the third quarter. We were in compliance with all other covenants under the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement as of September 25, 2011 .
The Amended 2010 Credit Agreement also includes provisions that allow us to make restricted payments of up to $60 million in 2011 and up to $20 million annually thereafter, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, so long as no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. The restricted payment limitation in place under the agreement during 2010 and prior to the recent amendment capped the annual amount of permitted restricted payments at $20 million. These restricted payments are not subject to any specific covenants. Beginning in 2012, additional restricted payments are allowed to be made based on an excess-cash-flow formula, should our pro-forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio be less than or equal to 4.50x, measured on a trailing-twelve-month quarterly basis.
The terms of the indenture governing our notes permit us to make restricted payments of $20 million annually. Our ability to make additional restricted payments in 2011 and beyond is permitted should our trailing-twelve-month Total-Indebtedness-to-Consolidated-Cash-Flow Ratio be less than or equal to 4.75x, measured on a quarterly basis.
In accordance with these debt provisions, on August 3, 2011, we announced the declaration of a distribution of $0.12 per limited partner unit, which was paid on September 15, 2011, bringing the total amount of distributions declared and paid in 2011 to $0.30 per limited partner unit.
In addition to the above, among other covenants and provisions, the Amended 2010 Credit Agreement contains an initial three-year requirement (from July 2010) that at least 50% of our aggregate term debt and senior notes be subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection. As of September 25, 2011, we were well within compliance of this requirement.
Existing credit facilities and cash flows from operations are expected to be sufficient to meet working capital needs, debt service, partnership distributions and planned capital expenditures for the foreseeable future.





41

Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements:
We had $15.6 million in letters of credit, which are primarily in place to backstop insurance arrangements, outstanding on our revolving credit facility as of September 25, 2011 . We have no other significant off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Forward Looking Statements
Some of the statements contained in this report (including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that are not historical in nature are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including statements as to our expectations, beliefs and strategies regarding the future. These forward-looking statements may involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict, may be beyond our control and could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in such statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Important factors, including those listed under Item 1A in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, could adversely affect our future financial performance and cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations.


ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risks from fluctuations in interest rates, and to a lesser extent in currency exchange rates on our operations in Canada and, from time to time, on imported rides and equipment. The objective of our financial risk management is to reduce the potential negative impact of interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to acceptable levels. We do not acquire market risk sensitive instruments for trading purposes.
We manage interest rate risk through the use of a combination of fixed-rate long-term debt, interest rate swaps, which fix a portion of our variable-rate long-term debt, and variable-rate borrowings under our revolving credit loans. We mitigate a portion of our foreign currency exposure from the Canadian dollar through the use of foreign-currency denominated debt. Hedging of the U.S. dollar denominated debt, used to fund a substantial portion of our net investment in our Canadian operations, is accomplished through the use of cross-currency swaps. Any gain or loss on the effective hedging instrument primarily offsets the gain or loss on the underlying debt. Translation exposures with regard to our Canadian operations are not hedged.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative instrument is reported as a component of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” and reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that do not qualify as effective hedging activities are reported as “Net effect of swaps” in the consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, the “Other comprehensive income (loss)” related to interest rate swaps that become ineffective is amortized over the remaining life of the interest rate swap, and reported as a component of “Net effect of swaps” in the consolidated statement of operations.
After considering the impact of interest rate swap agreements that are currently in place, approximately $1.5 billion of our outstanding long-term debt represents fixed-rate debt and approximately $100.0 million represents variable-rate debt. Assuming an average balance on our revolving credit borrowings of approximately $55 million, a hypothetical 100 bps increase in 30-day LIBOR on our variable-rate debt, after the fixed-rate swap agreements, would lead to an increase of approximately $1.1 million in annual cash interest costs.
A uniform 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar would result in a $4.0 million decrease in annual operating income.














42

Table of Contents

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures - 
The Partnership maintains a system of controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Partnership in its reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Commission and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Partnership’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the interim co-principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of September 25, 2011 , the Partnership has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures under supervision of management, including the Partnership’s Chief Executive Officer and interim co-principal financial officers. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and interim co-principal financial officers concluded that the Partnership’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
 
(b) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting -
There were no changes in the Partnership’s internal controls over financial reporting in connection with its 2011 third -quarter evaluation, or subsequent to such evaluation, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.

43

Table of Contents

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Jacob T. Falfas vs. Cedar Fair, L.P.

On July 23, 2010, Jacob T. (Jack) Falfas, the former Chief Operating Officer, filed a demand for private arbitration as provided by his employment agreement. In that demand, Mr. Falfas disputed the Partnership's position that he had resigned in June 2010, alleging instead that his employment with the Partnership was terminated without cause. That dispute went to private arbitration, and on February 28, 2011, an arbitration panel ruled 2-to-1 in favor of Mr. Falfas finding that he did not resign but was terminated without cause. Rather than fashioning a remedy consistent with the employment agreement, the panel ruled that Mr. Falfas should be reinstated. The Partnership believes that the arbitrators exceeded their authority by creating a remedy not legally available to Mr. Falfas under his contract with Cedar Fair. On March 21, 2011, the Partnership filed an action  in Erie County Court of Common Pleas (Case No. 2011 CV 0217) seeking  to have the award modified or vacated. On March 22, 2011, Mr. Falfas commenced a related action in the Erie County Court of Common Pleas  (Case No. 2011 CV 0218) demanding enforcement of the arbitration ruling.  The two actions have been combined into Case No. 2011 CV 0217, before Judge Roger E. Binette. The legal briefing in the case was completed on June 24, 2011 and the case is now before the Court awaiting a decision. The Partnership does not expect the arbitration ruling or the pending lawsuit to materially affect its financial results in future periods.

Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P. vs. Cedar Fair Management, Inc.

On October 14, 2010, Q Funding III, L.P. and Q4 Funding, L.P. (together, "Q Funding"), both Cedar Fair, L.P. unitholders, commenced an action in the Delaware Court of Chancery against Cedar Fair Management, Inc. ("CFMI") and Cedar Fair, L.P. The complaint alleges, among other things, that CFMI breached the terms of the Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Agreement”) by indicating that unitholders may lack the right to nominate candidates, or to solicit proxies in support of new candidates, for election to the board of directors of CFMI. Q Funding seeks, among other things, (i) a declaratory judgment that under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, all unitholders, including Q Funding, have the right to nominate and solicit proxies in support of candidates for election as directors to the Board of CFMI, and (ii) injunctive relief precluding the Company or its representatives from taking any action to interfere with unitholders’ rights to nominate and solicit proxies in support of candidates for election as directors to the Board of CFMI at the 2011 annual meeting of Cedar Fair unitholders and subsequent annual meetings of the Cedar Fair unitholders. The Partnership filed an answer denying the allegations as set forth in the complaint and the Partnership and Q Funding thereafter engaged in discovery. On March 9, 2011, Q Funding requested a suspension of the litigation scheduled in the nomination rights action and requested that the evidentiary hearing, which was originally scheduled for April 21, 2011, be removed from the Court's calendar. The Partnership supported Q Funding's request and the evidentiary hearing has since been postponed. On April 20, 2011, Q Funding filed a motion for leave to amend and supplement its original complaint to include an additional allegation of breach of fiduciary duty regarding to disclosures contained in the Partnership's 2004 Proxy Statement. The Partnership filed its Answer to the Amended Complaint denying the claims on May 23, 2011.

On March 17, 2011, Q Funding commenced an action in the Delaware Court of Chancery against CFMI and Cedar Fair, L.P. seeking declaratory and injunctive relief directing the Partnership to schedule a special meeting of Cedar Fair's unitholders to consider an amendment proposed by plaintiffs to Cedar Fair's Partnership Agreement relating to unitholder nomination rights. On April 13, 2011, the Partnership filed a motion to dismiss the action. On May 3, 2011 the Partnership filed a definitive proxy with the Securities and Exchange Commission which set a record date of April 11, 2011 and a special meeting of the Partnership's unitholders was held on June 2, 2011. Q Funding voluntarily dismissed the suit on June 14, 2011.

On June 14, 2011, Q Funding commenced an action in Delaware Court of Chancery against CFMI and Cedar Fair L.P. seeking declaratory and injunctive relief relating to plaintiffs' May 17, 2011 request for a special meeting of Cedar Fair's unitholders to consider, among other things, a proposal to remove CFMI as the general partner of Cedar Fair and to amend the Partnership Agreement to allow unitholders to nominate directors for election to the board of directors of the general partner. This new lawsuit was filed in response to defendants' June 10, 2011 denial of plaintiffs' May 17 special meeting request on the grounds that, as required by the Partnership Agreement, the request failed to: (i) identify and provide adequate information regarding the successor general partner; (ii) provide an opinion of counsel that the removal of CFMI as the general partner of Cedar Fair and the selection and admission of a successor general partner will not result in the loss of limited liability for any limited partner or cause Cedar Fair to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; and (iii) provide specific language for the proposed amendment to the Partnership Agreement. Q Funding has provided the required legal opinions but has not provided the remainder of the required information. The Partnership has not yet filed an answer, and the case is still pending in the Delaware Court.


44

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
There have been no material changes to the risk factors previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION
At a special meeting of unitholders held on October 27, 2011, the unitholders adopted amendments to the limited partnership agreement of Cedar Fair, L.P. and the regulations of CFMI to give unitholders the right to nominate directors for election to the Board of Directors. The specific procedures and information requirements (including eligibility requirements and timeliness of notice) pursuant to which unitholders can nominate directors for election to the Board of Directors are set forth in Section 6.2(d) of the Sixth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, filed with this Quarterly Report as Exhibit 3.1.



ITEM 6. EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit (2.1)
 
Asset Purchase Agreement between Cedar Fair , L.P., Cedar Fair Southwest Inc., and Magnum Management Corporation and JMA Ventures, LLC, dated September 16, 2011, for the sale of assets of California's Great America.
 
 
 
Exhibit (3.1)
 
Sixth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Cedar Fair, L.P.
 
 
 
Exhibit (3.2)
 
Regulations of Cedar Fair Management, Inc.
 
 
 
Exhibit (10.1)
 
Employment Agreement, by and between Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Fair Management, Inc., and Magnum Management Corporation and Richard Zimmerman, dated October 14, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2011.
 
 
 
Exhibit (31.1)
  
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
Exhibit (31.2)
  
Certification of Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
Exhibit (31.3)
  
Certification of Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
Exhibit (32)
  
Certifications Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
Exhibit (101)
  
The following materials from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 25, 2011 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) The Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) The Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Equity and, (v) related notes
 

45

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
 
 
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By Cedar Fair Management, Inc.
 
 
 
General Partner
 
 
 
 
Date:
November 4, 2011
/s/ Richard L. Kinzel
 
 
Richard L. Kinzel
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
Date:
November 4, 2011
/s/ Brian C. Witherow
 
 
Brian C. Witherow
 
 
Vice President and Corporate Controller
 
 
(Chief Accounting Officer)

 

46

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit (2.1)
 
Asset Purchase Agreement between Cedar Fair , L.P., Cedar Fair Southwest Inc., and Magnum Management Corporation and JMA Ventures, LLC, dated September 16, 2011, for the sale of assets of California's Great America.
 
 
 
Exhibit (3.1)
 
Sixth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Cedar Fair, L.P.
 
 
 
Exhibit (3.2)
 
Regulations of Cedar Fair Management, Inc.
 
 
 
Exhibit (10.1)
 
Employment Agreement, by and between Cedar Fair, L.P., Cedar Fair Management, Inc., and Magnum Management Corporation and Richard Zimmerman, dated October 14, 2011. Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2011.
 
 
 
Exhibit (31.1)
  
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
Exhibit (31.2)
  
Certification of Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
Exhibit (31.3)
  
Certification of Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
Exhibit (32)
  
Certifications Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
Exhibit (101)
  
The following materials from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 25, 2011 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) The Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) The Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Equity and, (v) related notes
 

47


Exhibit 2.1

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
CEDAR FAIR SOUTHWEST INC.
MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
AND
JMA VENTURES, LLC

Dated as of September 16, 2011



i




Table of Contents

 
 
Page
 
 
 
ARTICLE 1
PURCHASE AND SALE................................................................
1
Section 1.1
Transaction; Assets..................................................................
1
Section 1.2
Excluded Assets.......................................................................
4
Section 1.3
Excluded Liabilities.................................................................
5
Section 1.4
Assumed Liabilities.................................................................
6
Section 1.5
Purchase Price.........................................................................
6
Section 1.6
Deposit of Escrow; Disposition of Escrow..............................
7
Section 1.7
Closing Date............................................................................
7
Section 1.8
Post Closing Adjustment.........................................................
8
Section 1.9
Closing Prorations...................................................................
9
Section 1.10
Consent of Third Parties..........................................................
10
Section 1.11
Liquor Licenses.......................................................................
11
 
 
 
ARTICLE 2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS........
13
Section 2.1
Organization and Good Standing of Sellers............................
13
Section 2.2
Partnership and Corporate Power and Authority.....................
14
Section 2.3
Conflicts, Consents and Approvals..........................................
14
Section 2.4
Ground Lease...........................................................................
14
Section 2.5
Permits.....................................................................................
15
Section 2.6
Title to Tangible Personal Property and Equipment................
15
Section 2.7
Physical Condition of Improvements......................................
15
Section 2.8
Litigation.................................................................................
15
Section 2.9
Brokerage and Finder's Fees....................................................
16
Section 2.10
Environmental Matters............................................................
16
Section 2.11
Condition of Assets..................................................................
17
Section 2.12
Trademarks, Etc.......................................................................
17
Section 2.13
Financial Statements; Attendance............................................
18
Section 2.14
Absence of Changes or Events................................................
18
Section 2.15
Contracts..................................................................................
19
Section 2.16
Tax Matters..............................................................................
20
Section 2.17
Employee Benefits...................................................................
21
Section 2.18
Insurance..................................................................................
21





i




Table of Contents
(continued)
 
 
Page
Section 2.19
Compliance with Law..............................................................
22
Section 2.20
No Other Representations or Warranties.................................
22
 
 
 
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER............
22
Section 3.1
Organization and Good Standing of Buyer..............................
22
Section 3.2
Limited Liability Company Power and Authority...................
22
Section 3.3
Conflicts, Consents and Approvals..........................................
22
Section 3.4
Litigation.................................................................................
22
Section 3.5
Brokerage and Finder’s Fees...................................................
23
Section 3.6
Solvency...................................................................................
23
 
 
 
ARTICLE 4
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF SELLERS
23
Section 4.1
Access; Cooperation; Due Diligence Period...........................
23
Section 4.2
Operation of the Business........................................................
24
Section 4.3
Consents and Approvals..........................................................
25
Section 4.4
Communications......................................................................
25
Section 4.5
Title Insurance and Survey......................................................
26
Section 4.6
Disclosure Schedules...............................................................
27
Section 4.7
Third-Party License Agreements.............................................
27
 
 
 
ARTICLE 5
POST-CLOSING COVENANTS OF SELLERS
27
Section 5.1
Further Assurances..................................................................
27
Section 5.2
Removal of Excluded Assets...................................................
27
Section 5.3
Preservation of Records...........................................................
27
Section 5.4
Social Media............................................................................
28
 
 
 
ARTICLE 6
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF BUYER
28
Section 6.1
Consents and Approvals..........................................................
28
Section 6.2
Communications......................................................................
28
Section 6.3
Financing.................................................................................
29
 
 
 
ARTICLE 7
POST-CLOSING COVENANTS OF BUYER
29
Section 7.1
Further Assurances..................................................................
29
Section 7.2
Access to Tax and Other Information......................................
29
Section 7.3
Preservation of Records...........................................................
29








ii




Table of Contents
(continued)
 
 
Page
ARTICLE 8
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.........................................................
30
Section 8.1
Mutual Conditions Precedent..................................................
30
Section 8.2
Conditions Precedent of Buyer................................................
30
Section 8.3
Conditions Precedent of Sellers...............................................
33
 
 
 
ARTICLE 9
SURVIVAL AND INDEMNITY.....................................................
34
Section 9.1
Survival of Representations and Warranties............................
34
Section 9.2
Indemnity by Sellers................................................................
35
Section 9.3
Indemnity by Buyer.................................................................
36
Section 9.4
Tax Indemnity..........................................................................
36
Section 9.5
Claims Procedure.....................................................................
37
Section 9.6
Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments....................................
38
Section 9.7
Calculation of Losses...............................................................
38
Section 9.8
Sole and Exclusive Remedy....................................................
40
 
 
 
ARTICLE 10
EMPLOYEE MATTERS.................................................................
40
Section 10.1
Employees...............................................................................
40
Section 10.2
Paid Time Off..........................................................................
41
Section 10.3
Health Insurance......................................................................
41
Section 10.4
COBRA...................................................................................
41
Section 10.5
Severance.................................................................................
41
Section 10.6
WARN Act...............................................................................
41
Section 10.7
Past Service Credit...................................................................
42
 
 
 
ARTICLE 11
TERMINATION..............................................................................
42
Section 11.1
Termination..............................................................................
42
Section 11.2
Effect of Termination...............................................................
42
 
 
 
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS........................................................................
44
Section 12.1
Expenses..................................................................................
44
Section 12.2
Entire Agreement.....................................................................
44
Section 12.3
Assignment; Binding Effect....................................................
44
Section 12.4
Modification; Waiver and Extensions.....................................
45
Section 12.5
Notices.........................................................................................
45







iii



Table of Contents
(continued)
 
 
Page
Section 12.6
Casualty and Condemnation
45
Section 12.7
Bulk Sales Waiver
46
Section 12.8
Press Releases
46
Section 12.9
Captions
46
Section 12.10
Counterparts
46
Section 12.11
Severability
46
Section 12.12
Time
46
Section 12.13
Choice of Law
47
Section 12.14
Confidentiality Agreement
47
Section 12.15
No Third-Party Beneficiaries
47
Section 12.16
Terrorism/Governmental Action
47
Section 12.17
Specific Performance
47
















iv



Exhibit 2.1
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of September 16, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among, on the one hand, CEDAR FAIR, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Cedar Fair ”), CEDAR FAIR SOUTHWEST INC., a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of Cedar Fair (“ Southwest ”), and MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Ohio corporation and a subsidiary of Cedar Fair (“ Magnum ” and together with Cedar Fair and Southwest, “ Sellers ”), and, on the other hand, JMA VENTURES, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Buyer ”).
R E C I T A L S
A.    Sellers own and operate the assets and business commonly known as California’s Great America situated at 4701 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California (the “ Business ”).
B.    Sellers desire to sell, transfer and assign to Buyer (the “ Sale ”), and Buyer desires to purchase and assume from Sellers (the “ Purchase ”), all of the Assets and Assumed Liabilities, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
C.    Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Appendix A attached to this Agreement.
A G R E E M E N T S
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants, promises and undertakings set forth herein and in order to set forth the terms and conditions of the Purchase and Sale (together, the “ Transaction ”) and the manner of effecting the Transaction, Buyer and Sellers hereby agree, and instruct First American Title Insurance Company (“ Escrow Holder ”), with regard to the escrow (“ Escrow ”) created pursuant hereto, as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Purchase and Sale
Section 1.1      Transaction; Assets . Subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, at the Closing, each Seller shall sell, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and acquire from such Seller all of such Seller’s respective right, title and interest in and to all of such Seller’s respective property and assets of every kind and description, wherever located, that are used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business, including without limitation the following (but excluding the Excluded Assets):
(a)      Real Property . Other than the Excluded Assets, (i) all of the real property (the “ Land ”) used in the operation of the Business in Santa Clara, California, which is owned (“ Owned Real Property ”) or leased (“ Leased Real Property ”) by one or more of Sellers and/or in which a Seller or any affiliate of a Seller otherwise has an interest, including, without limitation, the premises under the RDA Ground Lease, which is described on Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto; (ii) all of Sellers’ right, title and interest in easements, rights of way, appurtenances, mineral and water rights and other rights and benefits vested in or running with such parcels of






real property (the “ Related Real Property Rights ”); and (iii) all buildings, structures, rides, improvements and fixtures located thereon (the “ Improvements ” and collectively with the Land, the Real Property Leases (as defined in Section 1.1(g) of this Agreement), and the Related Property Rights, the “ Real Property ”);
(b)      Tangible Personal Property . All vehicles, furniture, fixtures, machinery, rides, equipment, tools, maintenance parts, computers, point-of-sale equipment, phones, and all other tangible items of personal property, including the Liquor FF&E, wherever located, owned or leased by Sellers on the Closing Date and used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business (collectively, the “ Tangible Personal Property ”);
(c)      Inventory . All inventory located at the Real Property and used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business, including the Liquor Inventory, other than inventory that bears, utilizes or contains any of Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property (“collectively, “ Inventory ”);
(d)      Manuals . All customer lists, manuals, drawings, imprints, engineering and design information, service and parts records, warranty records, maintenance and repair records and records of all employees hired by Buyer (provided employee consents are obtained) relating to the Assets or the Business (collectively, the “ Manuals ”); provided that, to the extent that any such Manual relates to both the Assets or the Business and other business of any of the Sellers, then such Manual shall be included only to the extent that it relates to the Assets or the Business;
(e)      Permits . All licenses, certificates, variances, permits, consents, authorizations, approvals registrations and similar consents granted or issued to Sellers as of the Closing Date by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency exclusively relating to the ownership or operation of the Assets or the Business, including the Liquor License, all of which permits are listed on Schedule 1.1(e) attached hereto, but excluding permits pertaining to the Excluded Assets (collectively, the “ Permits ”);
(f)      Personal Property Leases . All leases relating to the use of any personal property used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business, including, but not limited to, the leases described on Schedule 1.1(f) attached hereto (the “ Personal Property Leases ”);
(g)      Real Property Leases . The leases, licenses, concession agreements and other agreements pursuant to which Sellers have the right of use or occupancy of all or any portion of the Leased Real Property in the operation of the Business (collectively, the “ Real Property Leases ”) described on Schedule 1.1(g) attached hereto, and including, without limitation, the RDA Ground Lease;
(h)      Contracts and Agreements . All of Sellers’ rights under those contracts, management agreements, purchase orders, sales orders, customer orders, distributor agreements, franchise agreements, sales representation agreements, warranty agreements, service agreements, guarantee agreements, confidentiality agreements, supply agreements, rights or option agreements, leases, concessions, licenses and any other agreements and commitments of any sort to which Sellers are a party on the Closing Date (including those pertaining to the use of any

2



portion of the Real Property by third parties) that are used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business, including, but not limited to, all contracts and agreements described on Schedule 1.1(h) attached hereto, but excluding the Excluded Contracts (collectively, the “ Contracts and Agreements ”);
(i)      Intellectual Property Rights . (i) All trademarks and trademark rights, trade names and trade name rights, service marks and service mark rights, service names and service name rights, brand names, trade dress, business and product names, logos, maps, including park maps, and slogans used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business, including the name “California’s Great America,” the name of each ride, venue, attraction and/or special event that is used exclusively in the operation of the Business (provided that the foregoing is not intended to exclude the name of any ride, venue, attraction and/or special event included within the Business and/or Assets by reason of the fact that the same or similar name is also used for a ride, venue, attraction and/or special event at another asset or business of Sellers or any of them), and related documentation and all applications and registrations therefor, (ii) (subject to Section 5.4 below) all rights, title, interest and control to all CGA Social Media; all assignable code for the Business’ website, if any, all assignable licenses and other rights to the Business’ point of sale system, if any, all of the Business’ e-mail addresses, contents of Books and Records, and all applications, studies, reports, site plans, renderings, diagrams, architectural and engineering design drawings and specifications relating to any potential expansion or renovation of the Business, and (iii) any other intellectual property owned by Sellers on the Closing Date that is related to the Business and is disclosed on Schedule 1.1(i) attached hereto (Section 1.1(i)(i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, the “ Intellectual Property Rights ”);
(j)      Insurance Proceeds . Any proceeds from any property insurance of Sellers arising from a loss or event related to the Assets and occurring at any time after the Commitment Date, but before the Closing Date (collectively, “ Insurance Proceeds ”);
(k)      Marketing and Promotional Materials . (i) The library of photographs, motion pictures and videos used exclusively in the marketing and promotion of the Business (including all historical photographs of the Real Property), (ii) all assignable lists of customers (including, as appropriate and permitted under applicable law, names, addresses, dates, and other information customarily maintained by Sellers), but excluding any portions thereof that contain or that utilize any of Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property, and (iii) all other lists, files and marketing and promotion materials used exclusively for the Business (collectively, “ Marketing Materials ”);
(l)      Claims . All rights, privileges, trade accounts receivable, claims, causes of action and options that relate exclusively to the Business or the Assets which Sellers own or license and Buyer is purchasing hereunder;
(m)      Telephone Numbers . All local and toll free telephone numbers used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business for use by visitors, vendors, licensors and employees;

3




(n)      Books and Records . All written and electronic copies of all Books and Records used or held for use exclusively in the operation of the Business or otherwise relating to the Assets; provided that if any such materials contain information regarding other assets owned by Sellers or their affiliates, Sellers shall have the right to remove and retain such information;
(o)      Expenses . All prepaid expenses and other current assets;
(p)      Cash . All cash on hand, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other receivables, including, without limitation, security bonds, licensing bonds, utility deposits or similar deposits; and
(q)      Other Assets . Except as provided in Section 1.2 below, all other tangible and intangible assets owned by Sellers on the Closing Date that are used exclusively or held for use exclusively in the ongoing operation of the Business.
All of the property and assets to be transferred to Buyer hereunder are herein referred to collectively as the “ Assets .”
Section 1.2      Excluded Assets . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 1.1 above, the term “ Assets ” shall specifically not include:
(a)      Any intellectual property rights of Sellers or any of their affiliates listed on Schedule 1.2(a) attached hereto (collectively, “ Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property ”);
(b)      Any inventory, uniforms, costumes or supplies that contain, include or embody any of Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property or any Coca-Cola and related products and non-owned equipment;
(c)      any insurance policies respecting the Sellers or the Business;
(d)      any computer hardware containing proprietary information of a Seller or any of their affiliates listed on Schedule 1.2(d) attached hereto or any non-assignable computer software listed on Schedule 1.2(d) attached hereto;
(e)      Any warranties or guaranties or other contractual agreements which are non-assignable and listed on Schedule 1.2(e) attached hereto; provided that such warranties, guaranties or other agreements will be treated as “ Nonassignable Assets ” under Section 1.10;
(f)      Any claims or causes of action (except for insurance proceeds described in Section 1.1(j) hereof or the deposits and other items described in Section 1.1(p) hereof) against third parties respecting the Assets or the Business which relate to the period of time on or prior to the Closing Date, including, without limitation, any proceeds from Tax protests, refunds, rebates or other recovery of Taxes, or utility refunds, but not including claims relating to the condition of the Assets;
(g)      Any employment records of any Seasonal Employee or Regular Employee (as defined in Section 10.1) not hired by Buyer as of the Closing Date;

4




(h)      Any multi-park agreements set forth on Schedule 1.2(h) attached hereto;
(i)      any Real Property leases for Real Property described on Schedule 1.2(i) attached hereto;
(j)      Sellers Employee Benefit Plans and corresponding assets, including without limitation all insurance policies, trust agreements or other Excluded Contracts relating thereto, all as listed on Schedule 1.2(j) attached hereto;
(k)      (i) Any Contracts and Agreements related exclusively to Excluded Assets and listed on Schedule 1.2(k) attached hereto and (ii) any agreements, understandings, or arrangements, if any, that have not been reduced to writing executed or delivered by the Sellers or any of them (the “ Excluded Contracts ”);
(l)      Any Permits related exclusively to Excluded Assets and listed on Schedule 1.2(l) attached hereto; or
(m)      Any assets set forth on Schedule 1.2(m) attached hereto (collectively with the items listed in Sections 1.2(a) through 1.2(m), above, the “ Excluded Assets ”).
Section 1.3      Excluded Liabilities . Except as expressly set forth in Section 1.4 and Article 10, Buyer shall neither assume nor become responsible for any Liabilities of Sellers at the Closing (collectively, the “ Excluded Liabilities ”). All Excluded Liabilities shall remain the sole obligation and responsibility of the respective Seller and the respective Seller shall promptly discharge any such Liabilities in accordance with the past practices of the Business. Except as expressly set forth in Section 1.4, the Excluded Liabilities shall include all liabilities and obligations arising from or relating to ownership or operation of the Business or the Assets prior to the Closing Date, including, without limitation, the following:
(a)      Liabilities relating to or arising in respect of any of the Excluded Assets;
(b)      all salaries, bonuses, sales commissions and consulting fees payable to any current or former employees or agents of Sellers for services rendered prior to the Closing Date;
(c)      all Taxes for any Tax Period or portion thereof ending before the Closing Date (or for any Tax Period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date to the extent allocable to the portion of such period up to but not including the Closing Date);
(d)      all Liabilities of Sellers with respect to vacation, sick pay, holiday, and severance payments prior to the Closing Date;
(e)      Liabilities under Sellers’ Employee Benefit Plans, Sellers’ Benefit Arrangements, and any Multiemployer Plan in which Sellers or an ERISA Affiliate have been a participating employer;
(f)      any indebtedness for borrowed money of Sellers; and

5




(g)      rental payments under the RDA Ground Lease relating to the period prior to Closing; and
(h)      all Liabilities under Environmental Laws arising from or relating to ownership or operation of the Business and Assets prior to the Closing Date, including without limitation liabilities and obligations in respect of any Environmental Condition, and any Environmental Claim related thereto, which concerns the Real Property and any other property previously owned, leased or otherwise used in or by the Business, regardless of whether any such Liabilities or Environmental Claims arising from or relating to pre-Closing periods are asserted before or after the Closing Date (collectively, “ Pre-Closing Environmental Liability ”).
Section 1.4      Assumed Liabilities . Buyer shall assume, pay, fulfill, perform or otherwise discharge (a) the Liabilities set forth on Schedule 1.4 attached hereto, (b) all Liabilities of Sellers with respect to Prepaid Revenue (clauses (a) and (b), together, the “ Scheduled Liabilities ”), (c) the Liabilities of Sellers to be performed on or after the Closing under the Permits, Personal Property Leases, Real Property Leases and Contracts and Agreements (including Liabilities with respect to Contracts and Agreements for goods or services that are delivered or performed on or after the Closing Date), and (d) except as otherwise provided in Section 1.9(a), all Liabilities for Taxes for any Tax Period or portion thereof beginning on or after the Closing Date (or for any Tax Period beginning before and ending on or after the Closing Date to the extent allocable to the portion of such period on or after the Closing Date) (clauses (a)-(d), collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”).
Section 1.5      Purchase Price . The purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) to be paid by the Buyer for the Assets is Seventy Million Dollars ($70,000,000) minus the Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation (as defined in Section 1.8(d) below). At the Closing, the Buyer shall pay (a) the Sellers a closing payment (the “ Closing Payment ”) of Sixty-Nine Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($69,900,000) minus the Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation (as defined in Section 1.8(a) below) by wire transfer of federal funds to an account or accounts designated by Sellers with notification of receipt of funds by Sellers’ bank on the Closing Date, and (b) the Liquor Assets Purchase Price in accordance with Section 1.11(b). Any difference between the Purchase Price and the Closing Payment shall be paid by the Buyer or Sellers, as appropriate, pursuant to the terms of Section 1.8(e). Buyer and Sellers agree that the Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Assets (the “ Allocated Asset Value ”) as provided in this Section 1.5 prior to the Closing in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code. Sellers shall, within thirty (30) days after the date the Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation has been determined pursuant to Section 1.8(d), prepare and deliver to Buyer for its review a schedule allocating the Allocated Asset Value (and any other items that are required for federal income tax purposes to be treated as part of the Purchase Price) among the Assets (such schedule, the “ Allocation ”), which Allocation shall be subject to Buyer’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld. Upon reaching an agreement on the Allocation, the Buyer and the Sellers shall (y) cooperate in the filing of any forms (including Form 8594 under Section 1060 of the Code) with respect to the Allocation as finally resolved, including any amendments to such forms required pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any adjustment to the Purchase Price, and (z) file all federal, state and local tax returns and related tax documents consistent with such Allocation, as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement.

6




Section 1.6      Deposit of Escrow; Disposition of Escrow .
(a)      Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Buyer shall deposit into the Escrow the sum of $650,000 (the “ Initial Deposit ”). If Buyer does not terminate this Agreement during the Due Diligence Period, then Buyer shall deposit an additional $4,250,000 (“ Additional Deposit ” and together with the Initial Deposit, the “ Deposit ”) into the Escrow on the day following the final day of the Due Diligence Period (the “ Commitment Date ”). The Deposit shall be deposited in a federally insured, interest-bearing account, with all interest thereon either added to the Deposit and credited to the Closing Payment or accruing to the benefit of the party entitled to receive the Deposit as provided herein.
(b)      If Buyer terminates this Agreement during the Due Diligence Period, Buyer shall be entitled to a return of the Initial Deposit (together with any interest earned thereon while held in Escrow).
(c)      If Buyer does not terminate this Agreement during the Due Diligence Period, then the Deposit (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, both the Initial Deposit and the Additional Deposit) will become nonrefundable for any reason other than termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 (Mutual Condition Precedent), Section 8.2 (Conditions Precedent of Buyer, other than the condition precedent in Section 8.2(b) (Due Diligence), Section 11.1(b) (Sellers’ Breach), or Section 12.6 (event of casualty or condemnation). If either Buyer or Sellers terminate this Agreement after the Due Diligence Period for any reason other than termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 (Mutual Condition Precedent), Section 8.2 (Conditions Precedent of Buyer, other than the condition precedent in Section 8.2(b) (Due Diligence), Section 11.1(b) (Sellers’ Breach), Section 11.1(d) (Seller’s termination for Parent Sale Agreement), or Section 12.6 (event of casualty or condemnation), the Deposit shall be paid to Sellers.
(d)      If the Purchase closes, the Deposit shall be distributed to the Sellers and credited against the Closing Payment.
(e)      Sellers shall be entitled to receive the Deposit if this Agreement is terminated as a result of Buyer’s Default.
Section 1.7      Closing Date . The closing of the Purchase and Sale of the Assets in the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place through the Escrow to be established with the Escrow Holder upon execution and delivery of this Agreement to Escrow Holder, on the date which is selected by Buyer upon not less than five (5) Business Days prior written notice to Sellers but in no event later than the 75th day after the expiration of the Due Diligence Period; provided, however, that if any of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 8.1 of this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived by both parties hereto on or before such date, then the Closing will occur on the fifth (5th) Business Day after such condition has been satisfied or waived (the “ Scheduled Closing Date ”), but in no event shall the Closing occur after December 31, 2011 the (“ Outside Closing Date ”). The date of the Closing is herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .” The Closing shall be effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date.

7




Section 1.8      Post-Closing Adjustment .
(a)      No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Sellers shall deliver to Buyer a statement setting forth Sellers’ estimate of the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities (the “ Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation ”), including an itemized list showing Sellers’ estimate of each of the Scheduled Liabilities. The Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation shall be prepared (i) in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) on a basis consistent with the preparation of the Financial Statements of the Business. The Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation shall be used to calculate the Closing Payment absent manifest error.
(b)      No later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Sellers a statement setting forth the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Date Liabilities Valuation ”), including an itemized list showing Buyer’s determination of the value of each of the Scheduled Liabilities. The Closing Date Liabilities Valuation shall be prepared (i) in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) on a basis consistent with the preparation of the Financial Statements of the Business.
(c)      After receipt of the Closing Date Liabilities Valuation, Sellers shall have thirty (30) days (the “ Sellers’ Review Period ”) to review it. If, within Sellers’ Review Period, Sellers notify Buyer in writing that they object to any item(s) on the Closing Date Liabilities Valuation and specify the item(s) and amount(s) in dispute and the basis for such dispute (the “ Sellers’ Amendment Notice ”), the parties shall use their best efforts to reach agreement in respect of the disputed items within the fifteen (15) day-period (the “ Resolution Period ”) following the delivery of Sellers’ Amendment Notice. Any item(s) on the Closing Date Liabilities Valuation not identified in writing as a disputed item within Sellers’ Review Period shall be deemed to have been accepted by Sellers and not subject to any further review or change. If no Sellers’ Amendment Notice is received by Buyer during Sellers’ Review Period, the Closing Date Liabilities Valuation shall be deemed accepted by Sellers.
(d)      If at the conclusion of the Resolution Period the parties have not reached an agreement on Sellers’ objections, then all amounts and issues remaining in dispute shall be submitted by Sellers and Buyer to a Neutral Accountant. The fees, costs and expenses of the Neutral Accountant shall be borne proportionately by Buyer and Sellers as follows: (i) if the Neutral Accountant resolves all of the remaining issues in favor of Buyer, then Sellers shall bear all of such fees, costs and expenses; (ii) if the Neutral Accountant resolves all of the remaining issues in favor of Sellers, then Buyer shall bear all of such fees, costs and expenses; and (iii) if the Neutral Accountant resolves some of the remaining issues in favor of Buyer and some of the remaining issues in favor of Sellers, then Buyer shall bear that fraction of such fees, costs and expenses equal to (A) the difference between Buyer’s calculation of the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities and the Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation as finally determined in accordance with this Section 1.8 over (B) the difference between Buyer’s calculation of the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities and Sellers’ calculation of the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities, and Sellers shall bear the remainder of such fees, costs and expenses. All costs and expenses incurred by the parties in connection with resolving any dispute under this Section 1.8 before the Neutral Accountant shall be borne by the party incurring such cost and expense. The Neutral Accountant shall act as an arbitrator to determine only those issues still in

8



dispute at the end of the Sellers’ Review Period. The Neutral Accountant’s determination shall be made within forty-five (45) days after its engagement, shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to the Sellers and Buyer and shall be final, binding, conclusive and nonappealable for all purposes hereunder. The term “ Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation ” shall mean the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities as agreed to by Sellers and Buyer in accordance with Section 1.8(c) or the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities resulting from the determination made by the Neutral Accountant in accordance with this Section 1.8(d) (in addition to those items theretofore agreed to by Sellers and Buyer during the Resolution Period or otherwise in accordance with Section 1.8(c)).
(e)      If, as a result of the procedures described in this Section 1.8, the Purchase Price is less than the Closing Payment, then the excess portion of the Closing Payment over the Purchase Price shall be paid by the Sellers to the Buyer. If, as a result of the procedures described in this Section 1.8, the Purchase Price exceeds the Closing Payment, then the excess portion of the Purchase Price over the Closing Payment shall be paid by Buyer to the Sellers. The amount of any payment by Buyer or Sellers pursuant to this Section 1.8(e) shall be paid by Buyer or Sellers, as the case may be, by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five (5) business days after the Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation is agreed to by Sellers and Buyer or is determined by the Neutral Accountant in accordance with this Section 1.8.
Section 1.9      Closing Prorations . The following shall be prorated at or promptly following the Closing Date between the parties:
(a)      Real Estate Taxes and Personal Property Taxes . Real estate Taxes (including general and special assessments and water and sewerage charges) and personal property Taxes (together, “ Closing Year Property Taxes ”) for the tax year in which the Closing Date occurs (the “ Closing Tax Year ”) shall be pro-rated between Sellers and Buyer by apportioning the Closing Year Property Taxes between Sellers and Buyer in proportion to the number of days in the Closing Tax Year up to and including the Closing Date, as to which such Taxes shall be the obligation of Sellers, and the number of days in the Closing Tax Year following the Closing Date, as to which such Taxes shall be the obligation of Buyer. Southwest has filed applications for the reduction of the assessed valuation of the Property for property taxes and/or refunds of property taxes paid (“ Prop 8 Proceedings ”) with the Assessor for Santa Clara County, California for the tax years identified on Schedule 1.9(a) . Southwest shall have the right to prosecute, withdraw, settle or otherwise compromise said Prop 8 Proceedings in its sole and absolute discretion and shall be entitled to all tax refunds obtained from or in connection with said Prop 8 Proceedings. Without limitation of the foregoing, Southwest shall be entitled to receive all refunds and the amount of any credits applicable to any period on or prior to the Closing Date and Buyer shall be entitled to receive all refunds and the amount of any credits applicable to any period after the Closing Date. If either party hereto, or any of its representatives, successors or assigns, receives any refund or credit belonging to the other party hereto, the receiving party shall pay the amount thereof to said other party no later than thirty (30) days following receipt thereof and, if not timely paid, with interest thereon from the fifth day following such receipt until paid at a rate equal to the prime rate (as such rate may vary from time to time) as reported in The Wall Street Journal plus three percent (3%). This Section 1.9(a) shall survive the Closing until the lapse of the latest statute of limitations applicable to Closing Year Property Taxes.

9




(b)      Real Property Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees . Sellers shall pay any transfer Taxes assessed by the County of Santa Clara on the conveyance of the Real Property at Closing and one half of any transfer Taxes assessed by the City of Santa Clara on the conveyance of the Real Property at Closing. Buyer shall pay one half of any transfer Taxes assessed by the City of Santa Clara and all recording fees assessed by the County of Santa Clara and/or the City of Santa Clara on the conveyance of the Real Property at Closing.
(c)      Utilities . Sellers shall endeavor to have all meters read and final bills rendered for all utilities servicing the Business including, without limitation, water, sewer, gas and electricity, for the period prior to (but not including) the Closing Date. Sellers shall pay all bills for such utilities for the period prior to (but not including) the Closing Date by the due dates thereof. The provisions of this Section shall survive the Closing for a period of one (1) year.
(d)      Personal Property Leases, Contracts and Agreements and Permits . Sellers and Buyer shall make such prorations and adjustments under all Personal Property Leases, Contracts and Agreements and Permits as shall be reasonably necessary to reflect Sellers’ responsibility thereunder for the period of time prior to (but not including) the Closing Date and Buyer’s responsibility thereunder for the period of time on or after the Closing Date.
(e)      RDA Ground Lease . Sellers and Buyer shall make such prorations and adjustments under all Real Property Leases, including the RDA Ground Lease, as shall be reasonably necessary to reflect Sellers’ responsibility thereunder for the period of time prior to (but not including) the Closing Date and Buyer’s responsibility thereunder for the period of time on or after the Closing Date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sellers shall provide all information necessary to permit Buyer to submit the Certified Annual Statement (as such term is defined in the RDA Ground Lease) and, to the extent that any Additional Rent is owing under Section 308 thereof, Sellers shall cause Sellers’ Share of such amount to be paid within thirty (30) days after written request. As used in this subsection, “Sellers’ Share” means the number of days the Business operated prior to the Closing Date in the calendar year in which Closing occurs over the number of days in the calendar year in which Closing occurs.
(f)      Errors . If any errors or omissions are made at the Closing regarding adjustments or prorations, the parties shall make the appropriate corrections promptly after the discovery thereof. The provisions of this Section shall survive the Closing for a period of one (1) year.
Section 1.10      Consent of Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement nor the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby shall be construed as an attempt or agreement to assign any Asset, including any Contract and Agreement, Permit, Real Property Lease, Personal Property Lease, certificate, approval, authorization or other right, which by its terms or by applicable law is nonassignable without the consent of a third party or a governmental body or is cancelable by a third party in the event of an assignment (“ Nonassignable Assets ”) unless and until such consent, approval or authorization, or replacement thereof, shall have been obtained. With respect to such Nonassignable Assets, Sellers shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates to, (a) use their commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain all such consents prior to the Scheduled Closing Date, and (b) if such consents cannot be obtained prior to the Scheduled Closing Date, and if any such consents are

10



Material Consents and Buyer elects to waive the requirement under Section 8.2(f) that all Material Consents have been obtained and proceed to Closing, use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Buyer at its request for up to 180 days following the Closing Date in endeavoring to obtain such consents reasonably promptly; provided, however, that such post-Closing efforts shall not require Sellers or any of their respective affiliates to incur any material out-of-pocket costs payable to any third party or provide any financial accommodation or to remain secondarily or contingently liable for any Assumed Liability to obtain any such consent. Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, any consent, substitution, approval or amendment required to novate all Liabilities under any and all Contracts and Agreements or other Liabilities that constitute Assumed Liabilities or to obtain in writing the unconditional release of Sellers and their respective affiliates so that, in any such case, Buyer shall be solely responsible for such Liabilities. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event consents or approvals to the assignment thereof cannot be obtained, such Nonassignable Assets shall be held, as of and from the Closing Date, by Sellers or the applicable affiliate of Sellers in trust for Buyer and the covenants and obligations thereunder shall be performed by Buyer in Sellers’ or such affiliate’s name and all benefits and obligations existing thereunder shall be for Buyer’s account. Sellers shall take or cause to be taken at Buyer’s expense such actions in its name or otherwise as Buyer may reasonably request so as to provide Buyer with the benefits of the Nonassignable Assets and to effect collection of money or other consideration that becomes due and payable under the Nonassignable Assets, and Sellers or the applicable affiliate of Sellers shall promptly pay over to Buyer all money or other consideration received by it in respect of all Nonassignable Assets. As of and from the Closing Date, each of the Sellers on behalf of itself and its affiliates authorizes Buyer, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the terms of the Nonassignable Assets, at Buyer’s expense, to perform all the obligations and receive all the benefits of Sellers or their respective affiliates under the Nonassignable Assets and appoints Buyer its attorney-in-fact to act in its name on its behalf or in the name of the applicable affiliate of Sellers and on such affiliate’s behalf with respect thereto, and Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold Sellers and their respective affiliates, agents, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all Liabilities and Losses based upon, arising out of or relating to Buyer’s performance of, or failure to perform, such obligations under the Nonassignable Assets. The foregoing shall not apply with respect to the consent required under the RDA Ground Lease, which shall be governed by Section 8.2 or the Liquor License and Liquor FF&E, which will be governed by Section 1.11 below, and is not intended to constitute a waiver of or diminish the rights of Buyer with respect to the Buyer’s condition precedent in Section 8.2(f) (Material Consents).
Section 1.11      Liquor Licenses .
(a)      Sellers own certain liquor licenses and alcoholic beverage licenses (collectively, the “ Liquor License ”), Liquor Inventory and Liquor FF&E necessary to the operation of restaurants, bars, kiosks and other facilities serving alcoholic beverages at the Business (the “ Alcohol Services ”). To comply with applicable law, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Buyer and Sellers shall execute a separate escrow agreement (the “ Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement ”), relating to the transfer of the Liquor Assets to Buyer in a form to be agreed upon by the parties, and Sellers shall deposit a fully executed Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement with the Liquor Assets Escrow Agent in the Liquor Assets Escrow. In addition to the Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement, Buyer and Sellers shall execute such additional

11



instruments and supplemental escrow instructions as may be reasonably required by the Liquor Assets Escrow Agent or applicable law in order to consummate the transfers contemplated by the Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement and which do not materially alter said agreement or its intent.
(b)      Promptly following the Effective Date, Buyer, at its sole cost and expense, shall make all necessary applications for, and shall diligently pursue, issuance of all licenses and approvals required under applicable legal requirements for the continued provision of Alcohol Services at the Business after the Closing Date consistent with the practices and procedures in effect as of the Effective Date, including any transfer of the Liquor License, and the sale and transfer of the Liquor Inventory and Liquor FF&E. For purposes of such applications, the value of the Liquor License, Liquor Inventory and Liquor FF&E as of the Closing Date shall be $100,000 (the “ Liquor Assets Purchase Price ”) and such amount shall be included in the Allocated Asset Value pursuant to Section 1.5 above and included as the purchase price under the Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement. Buyer shall keep Sellers informed of the status of such applications, and shall promptly respond to Sellers’ inquiries regarding the status of the same. Simultaneously with the filing of the application for transfer of the Liquor License, Buyer shall file with the applicable authority(ies) an application for a temporary retail permit allowing it to continue the operation of the Business, including Alcohol Services, during the period the application for the transfer of the Liquor License is pending. Sellers shall reasonably assist and cooperate with Buyer in obtaining approval of said applications, and shall use reasonable good faith efforts and take all actions and execute all applications, certifications and other documents reasonably necessary to aid Buyer in obtaining approval of said applications. If as of the date that Closing is otherwise required to occur under this Agreement the California Department of Alcohol Beverage Control (the “ ABC ”) has not approved the transfer of the Liquor License to Buyer, the applicable Sellers (i.e., holders of the Liquor License) and Buyer shall enter into an interim liquor management agreement (“ Interim Liquor Agreement ”) in a form to be agreed upon by Sellers and Buyer on or before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, that will permit Buyer to continue the sale of alcoholic beverages at each location within the Real Property from and after the Closing Date consistent with the practices and procedures in effect as of the Effective Date, until the earliest of (i) issuance of a temporary permit, (ii) closing of the Liquor Assets Escrow, or (iii) 270 days after Closing.
(c)      Within one business day after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement by Buyer, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, the Liquor Assets Purchase Price into the Liquor Assets Escrow, in cash or other immediately available funds (the “ Liquor Assets Escrow Deposit ”), which amount shall be credited against the Purchase Price payable pursuant to Section 1.5 so long as the Liquor Assets Purchase Agreement remains in effect. At least one business day before the Closing Date, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, into the Liquor Assets Escrow additional cash or other immediately available funds in an amount not less than the sum of (i) any adjustments to the Liquor Assets Purchase Price as provided in the Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement plus (ii) all sums necessary to pay Buyer’s costs, expenses and prorations net of any credits due from Sellers in accordance with this Agreement in connection with the Liquor Assets Escrow.
(d)      Sellers shall cause to be deposited into the Liquor Assets Escrow, at least one business day before the Closing Date, an executed but undated Liquor Assets Bill of Sale.

12




(e)      The Liquor Assets Escrow shall close concurrently with or as promptly as possible after the Closing. Upon the closing of the Liquor Assets Escrow, the Liquor Assets Escrow Agent shall deliver to Sellers all sums due to Sellers from Buyer (or Buyer’s permitted assignee) for the Liquor Assets and shall date the Liquor Assets Bill of Sale as of the Closing Date and shall deliver to Buyer (or Buyer’s permitted assignee) the Liquor Assets Bill of Sale and any excess funds of Buyer (or Buyer’s permitted assignee).
(f)      If this Agreement is terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Liquor Assets Escrow shall automatically terminate. Escrow fees and escrow termination fees attributable to the Liquor Assets Escrow shall be divided and paid equally by Buyer and Sellers, unless such termination occurs because of Buyer’s or Sellers’ default in the performance of any obligation under this Agreement or the Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement, in which case the defaulting party shall pay all escrow fees and termination fees. Sellers shall be entitled to receive the Liquor Assets Escrow Deposit if this Agreement is terminated as a result of Buyer’s Default.
(g)      If the ABC fails to approve the transfer of the Liquor License to Buyer and the Liquor Assets Escrow has not been closed by the last day of the term of the Interim Liquor Agreement, (i) the Liquor Assets Escrow shall be terminated, (ii) the Liquor Assets Escrow Agent shall disburse the amount deposited in the Liquor Assets Escrow and all accrued interest (less any amounts paid to creditors pursuant to the Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement and less Buyer’s share of the costs of the Liquor Assets Escrow) to Buyer and the refund of that amount treated for tax purposes as a reduction in the Purchase Price, and (iii) all rights in and to the Liquor License shall belong to Sellers (or their permitted assignees).
(h)      Buyer shall comply, at its sole cost and expense, with all statutes and regulations applicable to the transfer of the Liquor Assets to Buyer, including, without limitation, paying all license and transfer fees, costs of recordation and publication and sales and use taxes; and, after the Closing, with all statutes and regulations governing the possession, dispensing, sale or use of alcoholic beverages in connection with the Business.
(i)      Nothing contained in this Section 1.11 shall, in any way, limit, or affect Buyer’s obligation to close the purchase of the Business on or before the Closing Date.
ARTICLE 2     
Representations and Warranties of Sellers
In order to induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement, Sellers hereby represent and warrant to Buyer as follows:
Section 2.1      Organization and Good Standing of Sellers . Cedar Fair is a duly organized and validly existing limited partnership, in good standing, under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has all requisite power and authority, partnership and otherwise, to own, lease, use and operate its Assets and the Business as now conducted. Southwest is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, in good standing, under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has all requisite power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, lease, use and operate its Assets and the Business as now conducted. Magnum is a duly organized and validly existing

13




corporation, in good standing, under the laws of the State of Ohio, and has all requisite power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, lease, use and operate its Assets and the Business as now conducted.
Section 2.2      Partnership and Corporate Power and Authority . Each Seller has full power and authority, partnership or corporate (as applicable) and otherwise, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary partnership or corporate (as applicable) action of each Seller. No other partnership or corporate (as applicable) acts or proceedings on the part of any Seller or its respective equity holder(s) are necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Seller and, when duly executed and delivered by the Buyer, this Agreement will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of, and will be enforceable against, each Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be affected by principles of equity, bankruptcy, insolvency, or creditors’ rights.
Section 2.3      Conflicts, Consents and Approvals . Except as specifically set forth on Schedule 2.3 attached hereto, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Sellers with any of the provisions hereof, will: (a) result in the creation of any material Encumbrance upon any of the material Assets; (b) violate any material order, writ, injunction or decree, or any statute, rule or regulation, applicable to Sellers or any of the Assets; (c) violate any provision of the organizational documents of any Seller, or (d) require any action or consent or approval of, or review by, or registration with any third party, court, or governmental body or other agency, instrumentality or authority, other than as may be required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”), and for consents to the assignment of the Permits, the Contracts and Agreements and the Personal Property Leases that require consent by a third party in connection with the consummation of the Transaction. Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.3 attached hereto (including consent to assignment of the RDA Ground Lease), no Consent of any governmental agency on the part of Seller is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
Section 2.4      Ground Lease .
(a)      Southwest is the tenant under the RDA Ground Lease and enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession of the RDA Leased Real Property. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.15(b) , Sellers have not leased, subleased or otherwise granted to any person the right to use or occupy the Real Property or any portion thereof,
(b)      (i) the RDA Leased Real Property, comprises all of the Real Property used or intended to be used in, or otherwise related to, the Business and all of the Real Property necessary for the conduct of the Business as presently conducted, (ii) to the Knowledge of Sellers, the RDA Ground Lease is in full force and effect according to its terms, all permit and lease payments are current, and there is no existing default under the RDA Ground Lease on the part of Sellers, as tenant thereunder, nor any fact or circumstance that, with the passage of time

14



or delivery of notice, would constitute a default thereunder, (iii) all amounts due by Sellers under the RDA Ground Lease prior to the Effective Date have been paid in full, including, without limitation, all amounts due in respect of Additional Rent (as defined therein) for the 2010 Lease Year and 2011 Lease Year (as defined therein), (iv) there are no deposits under the RDA Ground Lease other than as shown on the Disclosure Schedules, (v) Sellers have provided Buyer with a true and complete copy of the RDA Ground Lease, and (vi) Sellers have not leased, subleased or otherwise granted to any person the right to use or occupy the Real Property or any portion thereof other than pursuant to the Tenant Leases.
Section 2.5      Permits . To the Knowledge of Sellers, Schedule 2.5 attached hereto contains a true, correct and complete list of the Permits, including, without limitation, the Liquor License. To the Knowledge of Sellers, the Permits set forth on the Disclosure Schedules are all the licenses, permits, certificates of authority, authorizations, approvals, registrations, franchises and similar consents required by any governmental body in connection with the ownership of the Business or any portion thereof or operation of the Business as presently conducted other than Permits that are immaterial to the Business. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules, to the Knowledge of Sellers: (a) the Permits are in full force and effect, and there is no existing default under any such Permit on the part of Sellers, nor, to Sellers’ Knowledge, any fact or circumstance that, with the passage of time or delivery of notice would constitute a default thereunder, and (b) Sellers have provided Buyer with true and complete copies of the Permits in Sellers’ possession or reasonable control.
Section 2.6      Title to Tangible Personal Property and Equipment . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.6 attached hereto, the Sellers have good title to the Tangible Personal Property material to the Business and included in the Assets, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, security interests, charges, encumbrances or other title defects in all material respects, except for liens relating to current state and local Taxes not yet due and payable. Sellers are in possession of each item of Tangible Personal Property. To the Sellers’ Knowledge, Schedule 2.6 contains a complete list of all Tangible Personal Property used in connection with operation of the Business as presently conducted except for Tangible Personal Property which, the absence of which, individually or cumulatively, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.6 , the Tangible Personal Property includes all tangible personal property reflected in the Financial Statements and all tangible personal property exclusively related to the Business acquired by Sellers since such date of such Financial Statements, other than tangible personal property transferred or disposed of since such date of such Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
Section 2.7      Physical Condition of Improvements . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.7 or Schedule 2.11 attached hereto, all material Improvements used in the conduct of the Business are in good and useable condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and conform, in all material respects, with all existing applicable ordinances, codes, regulations and manufacturer’s suggested operating and maintenance procedures in effect or issued as of the date hereof.
Section 2.8      Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.8 attached hereto, (a) there is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened against the Sellers or any affiliate thereof with respect to the Business or the Assets, at law, in equity, by way of arbitration or before any governmental department, commission, board or agency, and (b)

15



to the Sellers’ Knowledge, the Sellers are not in default in any material respect with respect to any written order, injunction or decree of any court or governmental department, commission, board or agency, and no such written order, injunction or decree is now in effect which restrains the operations of the Business as currently conducted or the sale or use of the Assets.
Section 2.9      Brokerage and Finder’s Fees . Sellers have not and will not incur any brokerage, finders or any other commission or similar fee in connection with the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 2.10      Environmental Matters .
(a)      For the purpose of this Agreement:
(i)      Environmental Claim ” shall mean any and all actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings under Environmental Laws or any permit issued under Environmental Laws relating to a violation of or liability under Environmental Laws (for purposes hereof, a “ Demand ”), including, without limitation, (A) any and all Demands for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to Environmental Laws and (B) any and all Demands seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.
(ii)      Environmental Condition ” shall mean any and all conditions relating to soil, surface water, groundwater, stream sediment, air or other environmental media, whether on or migrating from the Real Property, that violates applicable standards of Environmental Laws in effect as of the Closing, which shall with respect to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the soil or groundwater be those standards applicable to the properties given their use at the time of Closing, regardless of whether such conditions are discovered before or after the Closing Date and expressly including the post-Closing migration or exacerbation of any condition to the extent that such migration or exacerbation is not caused by Buyer’s operation of the Business.
(iii)      Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable federal, state and local laws (including common law), rules, ordinances, orders, directives, permits, approvals, decisions or decrees, remediation standards, and regulations relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, including, without limitation, and whether similar or dissimilar to, any applicable provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), the Resource Conservation Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq. (RCRA), the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq. (CWA), the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f et seq. (SWDA), the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq. (CAA), the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq. (OSHA), the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. (TSCA), and the Emergency Planning and Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §11001 et seq. (EPCRA).
(iv)      Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (A) any element, compound or chemical that is characterized, regulated or defined as a contaminant, pollutant, hazardous or

16



extremely hazardous substance, or a hazardous, medical, biohazardous, infectious or special waste under Environmental Laws; (B) petroleum, petroleum-based or petroleum-derived products; (C) polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”); (D) any substance exhibiting a hazardous waste characteristic including but not limited to corrosivity, ignitibility, toxicity or reactivity as well as any radioactive or explosive materials; and (E) any asbestos-containing materials.
(b)      Except as set forth herein or on Schedule 2.10(b) attached hereto:
(i)      To the Sellers’ Knowledge, none of the Real Property is identified on any current list of contaminated or potentially contaminated property established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency;
(ii)      Sellers’ ownership and operation of the Business and Assets were and are in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the Business as currently conducted;
(iii)      During the time that Sellers have held an ownership or leasehold interest in the Real Property, Hazardous Materials have not been managed, manufactured, produced or generated by, used on, treated or stored on, or transported to or from, the Real Property, other than as normally incidental to the conduct of the Business and in a manner that would not reasonably be expected to give rise to material Liabilities under Environmental Laws; and
(iv)      There are no pending, or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened Environmental Claims, including, without limitation, investigations by any federal, state or local governmental entity, against or concerning Sellers with respect to the Business, Assets or Real Property.
This Section 2.10 is the sole and exclusive representation and warranty with respect to environmental matters.
Section 2.11      Condition of Assets . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.7 and Schedule 2.11 attached hereto, the Assets are, in all material respects, as of the date hereof, in good repair and operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, as is suitable for their intended use. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11 attached hereto, all of the Assets that are amusement rides (including related equipment) have been operated and maintained in all material respects in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the State of California and, to the extent any such Assets have been inspected by the State of California for operation during the 2011 season, such Assets have been approved for operation during the 2011 season. The Sellers have operated and maintained all such Assets in accordance with prudent practice consistent with industry standards applicable to the operation of a regional amusement park, including, without limitation, compliance in all material respects with applicable manufacturers’ written operation and maintenance recommendations.
Section 2.12      Trademarks, Etc. To the Sellers’ Knowledge, none of the past or present employees, officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates of the Sellers have any rights in any of the Intellectual Property Rights. The Sellers have not granted any outstanding licenses or other rights to Intellectual Property Rights except as described on Schedule 2.12 attached hereto, and

17



the Sellers is not liable in any material respect, nor has the Sellers made any contract or arrangement whereby they may become liable in any material respect, to any person for any royalty or other compensation for the use of any Intellectual Property Rights.
Section 2.13      Financial Statements; Attendance .
(a)      Sellers have delivered to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of the following financial statements (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”) of the Business: unaudited balance sheets and statements of income as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.13(a) attached hereto, the Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, were prepared in accordance with the Books and Records and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Business as of the dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein. Sellers have also delivered to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of the unaudited balance sheet for the Business as of August 17, 2011 (the “ Interim Financial Statement ”). The Interim Financial Statement was prepared in accordance with Sellers’ standard accounting practices, consistently applied, was prepared in accordance with the Books and Records, and is accurate in all material respects as of August 17, 2011. To Sellers’ Knowledge, Sellers do not have any obligations or liabilities exclusively relating to the Assets or the Business, contingent or otherwise, required to be disclosed in a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP other than (i) liabilities or obligations that have arisen since December 31, 2010 in the ordinary course of the conduct of the Business, (ii) as reflected in the Financial Statements (including the related notes thereto) and (iii) liabilities otherwise disclosed in the Schedules attached hereto.
(b)      Schedule 2.13(b) attached hereto accurately sets forth the attendance at the Business during 2008, 2009 and 2010.
Section 2.14      Absence of Changes or Events . Since December 31, 2010, except as set forth on Schedule 2.14 attached hereto, Sellers have not:
(a)      Mortgaged, pledged or granted any other Encumbrance on any portion of the Assets;
(b)      Suffered any material change in the Assets or any material change in the condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Business or any event, occurrence or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c)      Suffered any damage, destruction or other casualty loss (whether or not covered by insurance), condemnation or other taking affecting the Assets or the Business in any material respect;
(d)      Encountered any actual or threatened labor union organizing activity or collective bargaining negotiation, had any actual or threatened class action claims, employee strikes, work stoppages, slow-downs or lock-outs, terminated any employees for cause (other than in the ordinary course) or experienced any material change in its relationship with employees or the agents or independent contractors of the Business; or

18




(e)      Except for customary salary and wage increases as of January 1, 2011, and except as set forth in Schedule 2.14 attached hereto, made any material change in the rate of compensation, commission, bonus or other direct or indirect compensation payable or to become payable to any employee of the Sellers whose exclusive duties are at the Business, or any alteration in the benefits payable to any such employee.
Section 2.15      Contracts . Schedule 2.15(b) attached hereto lists all Contracts and Agreements, including amendments thereto, that fall into one or more of the following categories (each, a “Material Contract” and, collectively, the “ Material Contracts ”):
(i)      Any agreement involving the expenditure by the Business of more than $50,000 and not cancelable upon notice by Sellers without penalty or consent within sixty (60) days;
(ii)      Any agreement relating to capital expenditures by the Business providing for the payment of an aggregate amount of more than $50,000 and not cancelable upon notice by Sellers without penalty or consent within sixty (60) days;
(iii)      Any agreement, contract, lease, plan, arrangement and/or commitment by the Business relating to the grant or receipt by Sellers of any license or royalty fees or other payment obligations to or from any Person;
(iv)      Except for those employment agreements that are not assumed pursuant to this Agreement, any employment agreement, contract, policy, confidentiality or proprietary rights agreement, and/or commitment with or between Sellers and any of their respective employees, directors or officers, including without limitation those relating to severance, with respect to the Business;
(v)      Partnership, joint venture or other cooperative arrangements or agreements with respect to the Business involving a sharing of profits and expenses;
(vi)      Any contract, agreement or arrangement containing covenants limiting the freedom of the Business to compete in any line of business with any person, group association or business entity or in any area or territory;
(vii)      Any other agreement, contract and commitment the assignment of which either requires consent by a third party in connection with the consummation of the Transaction or that is entered into by Sellers that is outside of the ordinary course of the Business;
(viii)      The Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement and any other agreement, contract and commitment to which the Sellers or any of them is a party relating to the performance of Seller’s or any of their obligations under the Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement; and
(ix)      Any lease pertaining to the use of any portion of the Real Property by third parties (each a “ Tenant Lease ”).

19




(a)      Sellers have delivered to Buyer complete and correct copies of all Material Contracts together with all amendments thereto. All of the Material Contracts are the valid and binding obligations of the Sellers and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, the other respective parties thereto, are in full force and effect and as to Sellers are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforcement may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity. To Sellers’ Knowledge, there are no oral contracts in existence that, if such contract were in writing, would constitute a “Material Contract” under this Agreement and that remain in effect after Closing. Schedule 2.15(a) attached hereto contains a true, correct and complete list of persons/organizations for which Sellers have entered into written agreements for free or discounted admission to the Business.
(b)      Schedule 2.15(b) attached hereto contains a true, correct and complete list of the Tenant Leases. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.15(b) , Sellers have a valid and subsisting lessor’s or sublessor’s interest in the Tenant Leases, on the terms and conditions described therein. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.15(b) , to the Sellers’ Knowledge: (i) the Tenant Leases are in full force and effect according to their terms, all lease payments are current, and there is no existing default under any such Tenant Leases on the part of Sellers, (ii) there are no deposits under the Tenant Leases other than as shown on Schedule 2.15(b) , the Interim Financial Statement, or the documents described therein, (iii) Sellers have provided Buyer with true and complete copies of the Tenant Leases; and (iv) the terms of each Tenant Lease comply with all requirements applicable thereto under the RDA Ground Lease.
Section 2.16      Tax Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.16(a) attached hereto, (i) Sellers have filed all Tax Returns that it was required to file related to the Business or the Assets, (ii) all Taxes related to the Business or the Assets owed by the Sellers have been paid, (iii) the Sellers is not the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return related to the Business or the Assets, except for extensions routinely requested and received in a manner consistent with the past practices of the Business and (iv) there are no Encumbrances (other than Taxes not yet due and payable) on any of the assets of any of the Sellers that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax related to the Business or the Assets.
(a)      Except as set forth on Schedule 2.16(b) attached hereto, Sellers have withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid, related to the Business or the Assets, in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, or other third party, and all Forms W-2 and 1099 required with respect thereto have been properly completed and timely filed.
(b)      Except as set forth on Schedule 2.16(c) attached hereto, to Sellers’ Knowledge, there is no material dispute or claim concerning any Taxes related to the Business or the Assets claimed or raised by any taxing authority in writing.
(c)      Except as set forth on Schedule 2.16(d) attached hereto, Sellers is not a party to any Tax allocation, indemnification or sharing agreement related to the Assets or the

20



Business that will (i) remain in effect subsequent to the Transaction and (ii) impose any obligation on Buyer or any of its affiliates.
Section 2.17      Employee Benefits .
(a)      Schedule 2.17(a) attached hereto sets forth and identifies (i) each material employee benefit plan (an “ Employee Benefit Plan ”), as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is an employee welfare benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA (a “ Welfare Plan ”); (ii) each material Employee Benefit Plan which is an employee pension benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (a “ Pension Plan ”); and (iii) each bonus, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, holiday, vacation, termination, severance pay, sick pay, sick leave, disability, tuition refund, service award, company car, scholarship, relocation, award, program, policy or practice, other than an Employee Benefit Plan (a “ Benefit Arrangement ”), maintained by Sellers for any active, retired or former employee of the Business (a “ Business Employee ”).
(b)      Except as described in Schedule 2.17(b) attached hereto, no employees of Sellers or any subsidiary thereof or any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is part of the same controlled group or under common control with or part of an affiliated service group that includes any Seller within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code and Section 210 of ERISA (“ ERISA Affiliate ”) currently participate or ever have participated in any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”). Neither Sellers nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever been a participating employer in any Multiemployer Plan.
(c)      Each Welfare Plan of Sellers and the ERISA Affiliates, which is a group health plan has been operated in compliance in all respects with the requirements of Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code relating to the continuation of coverage under certain circumstances in which coverage would otherwise cease.
(d)      Neither Sellers nor any ERISA Affiliates have any Liability (including, without limitation, Liability under Title IV of ERISA) with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan or any other “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) maintained by or contributed to by Sellers or any ERISA Affiliate that will become or would result in a Liability of Buyer or result in any lien on the Assets.
Section 2.18      Insurance . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.18 attached hereto, as of the date hereof, there is no claim with respect to the Business pending under any of Sellers’ insurance policies (the “ Insurance Policies ”) as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such Insurance Policies or any requirement by any insurer to perform work which has not been satisfied. Schedule 2.18 attached hereto also sets forth, as of the date hereof, a true and complete list of claims pertaining to the Business made in respect of such Insurance Policies for the period since January 1, 2008. All premiums payable on or before the Closing Date under all such Insurance Policies have been paid and Sellers and the Business are otherwise in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of all such Insurance Policies.

21




Section 2.19      Compliance with Law . Other than with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 2.3, 2.5, 2.8, 2.10, 2.11, 2.16 and 2.17, Sellers have complied in all material respects with all material laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable as of the date hereof to the conduct of the Business.
Section 2.20      No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article 2 (as modified by the Disclosure Schedules hereto), neither Sellers nor any other person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Sellers, the Business, the Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Transaction, and Sellers disclaim any other representations or warranties, whether made by Sellers, any affiliate of Sellers or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives.
ARTICLE 3     
Representations and Warranties of Buyer
In order to induce Sellers to enter into this Agreement, Buyer hereby represents and warrants to each Sellers as follows:
Section 3.1      Organization and Good Standing of Buyer . Buyer is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company, in good standing, under the laws of the State of California, and has all requisite power and authority, limited liability company and otherwise, to own, lease, use and operate its properties and assets and its business as now conducted.
Section 3.2      Limited Liability Company Power and Authority . Buyer has full power and authority, limited liability company and otherwise, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action of Buyer. No other limited liability company acts or proceedings on the part of Buyer or its members are necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Buyer and, when duly executed and delivered by the Sellers, this Agreement will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of, and will be enforceable against, Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be affected by principles of equity, bankruptcy, insolvency, or creditors’ rights.
Section 3.3      Conflicts, Consents and Approvals . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Buyer with any of the provisions hereof, will: (a) violate any order, writ, injunction or decree, or any statute, rule or regulation, applicable to Buyer; (b) violate any provision of the organizational documents of Buyer; or (c) require any action or consent or approval of, or review by, or registration with any third party, court, or governmental body or other agency, instrumentality or authority, other than as may be required by the HSR Act.
Section 3.4      Litigation . There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the best of Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened against Buyer, or to which Buyer is otherwise a party or subject, at law, in equity, by way of arbitration or before any governmental department, commission,

22



board or agency which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby. Buyer is not subject to any order, injunction, judgment or decree of any governmental department, commission, board or agency, except to the extent the same would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby.
Section 3.5      Brokerage and Finder’s Fees . Buyer has not and will not incur any brokerage, finder’s or any other commission or similar fee in connection with the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 3.6      Solvency . Buyer is currently Solvent and will be Solvent following the Closing and after giving effect to the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including any indebtedness incurred in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 4     
Pre-Closing Covenants of Sellers
Sellers agree that, subsequent to the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date:
Section 4.1      Access; Cooperation; Due Diligence Period . Through the Closing Date, and subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, Sellers will afford to the authorized representatives of Buyer reasonable access to the Assets and to representatives of Sellers to discuss matters relating to the Assets. Any such investigation and examination shall be approved in advance by Sellers, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld of delayed, and conducted during regular business hours (i.e., 8:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m.), provided that Buyer may conduct an inspection or access the Assets during non-business hours upon provision of no less than three (3) days prior notice and provision of a reasonable explanation as to why such review or inspection cannot take place during regular business hours. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no such investigation or examination shall be permitted to the extent that it would require Sellers to disclose information subject to attorney-client privilege or conflict with any confidentiality obligations to which any of the Sellers is bound. To the extent Sellers believe that privilege or their confidentiality obligations preclude Buyer’s investigation or examination under the foregoing sentence, they shall promptly provide Buyer a privilege log detailing with reasonable specificity the topics and general nature of the information withheld. If Buyer proposes a means that provides reasonable assurance of protecting the information or privilege, Sellers shall then promptly disclose the information at issue. Subject to these limitations, Buyer and Buyer’s agents will be given the right to perform and conduct any and all necessary inspections of the Assets and all other relevant agreements and documents exclusively relating to the Assets as Buyer may reasonably request; provided, however, that (a) Buyer shall permit representatives of Sellers to be present during any and all such inspections, and (b) without obtaining Sellers’ prior written consent, which may be withheld in Sellers’ sole discretion, (i) Buyer shall only conduct visual inspections, and (ii) Buyer shall not make excavations or test borings, drill wells, or engage in any other activities in, on or around the Real Property that damage the Real Property. The foregoing will not prohibit Buyer or any of its engineers or contractors from performing non-invasive activities such as a Phase I environmental

23



investigation. If a Phase I environmental investigation recommends additional testing, then Sellers prior written consent will be required prior to such additional testing but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that such additional testing is not prohibited under the RDA Ground Lease. Buyer’s right of entry onto the Real Property shall be for the limited purpose of performing its inspections, and Buyer shall have no right to use the Real Property for any other purpose prior to the Closing Date. Before any entry onto the Real Property, Buyer shall obtain and furnish to Sellers a certificate of insurance showing that Buyer has obtained a policy of commercial liability insurance with a combined single limit coverage of at least $5,000,000 naming Buyer as an insured and Sellers as additional insureds, issued by a responsible insurer approved by Sellers and licensed to conduct business in California. Such insurance policy shall expressly provide that such insurance may not be canceled or reduced in scope or coverage without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Sellers. Buyer shall repair any damage to the Assets caused by such testing. The parties hereby agree that such on-site inspections and investigations shall only be conducted with the consent of and coordination with Sellers.
(a)      Termination of Agreement . Buyer will have the right to terminate this Agreement for any reason or no reason during the Due Diligence Period by delivering written notice to Sellers and Escrow Holder in accordance with Section 12.5. If this Agreement is terminated within the Due Diligence Period, the Deposit (including all interest earned thereon in Escrow) shall be returned to Buyer.
Section 4.2      Operation of the Business . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, between the Commitment Date and the Closing Date, Sellers shall:
(a)      conduct the operations of the Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact the present business organization and structure of the Business, keep available the services of the Regular Employees and to the extent applicable, Seasonal Employees of Sellers, consistent with past practice, whose exclusive duties are at the Business and preserve their relationships with customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with the Business;
(b)      use their commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the machinery, equipment and rides used or held for use exclusively in connection with the Business in good operating and usable condition, and in a state of good maintenance and repair, all in a manner that is consistent with preparing for the beginning of the 2011 operating season for the Business;
(c)      notify Buyer of any material claims pertaining to the Business made in respect of the Insurance Policies between the date hereof and the Closing Date;
(d)      not enter into any Contract or Agreement of a type required to be included on any Schedule hereto except Contracts and Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or except Contracts and Agreements approved by Buyer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

24




(e)      not dispose of or transfer Assets (including the disposition or transfer of any Equipment or inventory) except in the ordinary course of business and the value of which, in a single disposition or cumulatively is less than $50,000;
(f)      comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and contractual obligations applicable to the operations of the Business;
(g)      cooperate with Buyer and assist Buyer in identifying the governmental authorizations required by Buyer to operate the Business from and after the Closing Date and, at Buyer’s expense, either transferring existing governmental authorizations of Sellers to Buyer, where permissible, or obtaining new governmental authorizations for Buyer; and
(h)      maintain all Books and Records relating to the Business in the ordinary course of business.
Section 4.3      Consents and Approvals .
(a)      RDA Ground Lease . Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Buyer to obtain the approval of the City to the RDA Ground Lease Assignment.
(b)      Other Permits and Consents . From the Commitment Date until the Closing Date, whether in accordance with, and subject to, Section 1.10 above, Section 1.11 above regarding the Liquor License and Section 4.3(a) above regarding the RDA Ground Lease, Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all Permits and consents required to be obtained by them from any appropriate governmental agency or authority or other person in connection with the consummation of the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation (i) securing, whether before or after the Closing, all third party consents to the assignment of the Permits, Real Property Leases and Contracts and Agreements, and (ii) if required by applicable law, filing under the HSR Act, furnishing all requested materials throughout the HSR process (including any “second request”), and cooperating with all governmental agencies and authorities.
Section 4.4      Communications . Until the Closing Date, Sellers shall, subject to applicable law and to any confidentiality obligations of Sellers, promptly notify Buyer of:
(a)      any notice or other communication delivered or received by Sellers (or any of their representatives) to or from any third party (other than notices or other communications solely among any Seller’s representatives or between any Seller and Buyer) which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the ability of Sellers to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, any notice or other communication to or from any third party objecting to, or alleging that the consent of any person is or may be required in connection with, the Transaction contemplated hereby); or
(b)      any event, condition or circumstance occurring from the date hereof through the Closing Date that would constitute a material violation or breach of any Seller’s representation or warranty, whether made as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date, or that

25



would constitute a material violation or breach of any covenant of any Seller contained in this Agreement.
Section 4.5      Title Insurance and Survey .
(a)      Sellers have delivered to Buyer a copy of the existing title insurance policies issued to Sellers by First American Title Insurance Company First American Title Insurance Company (the “ Title Company ”) covering the Real Property. Within three days after the date hereof, Sellers shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause the Title Company to issue a preliminary title report (the “ Title Report ”) to provide an ALTA owner’s title insurance policy (ALTA Form B-2006) for the Real Property, using the current policy jacket customarily provided by the Title Company, in an amount equal to the Purchase Price (the “ Title Policy ”), together with legible copies, to the extent available, of all instruments identified as exceptions therein (together with the Title Report referred to herein as the “ Title Documents ”).
(b)      Sellers have delivered to Buyer a copy of the most recently available ALTA survey of the Real Property (the “ Existing Survey ”).
(c)      On or before the date which is 20 days after the date on which Buyer receives the last to be received among (i) the Title Commitment; (ii) the Title Documents; and (iii) the Existing Survey (the “ Objection Deadline ”), Buyer shall give written notice (the “ Objection Notice ”) to Sellers of any matter set forth in the Title Commitment, the Title Documents or the Existing Survey to which Buyer reasonably objects (the “ Objections ”). Any matter set forth in the Title Commitment, the Title Documents or the Existing Survey to which Buyer does not reasonably object in the Objection Notice shall be deemed to be a Permitted Exception. If Buyer fails to tender an Objection Notice on or before the Objection Deadline, Buyer shall be deemed to have approved and irrevocably waived any objections to any matters covered by the Title Commitment, the Title Documents or the Existing Survey, all of which shall be deemed to be Permitted Exceptions. Within 5 business days after receipt by Sellers of the Objection Notice (the “ Response Deadline ”), Sellers may, in Sellers’ sole discretion, give Buyer notice (the “ Response Notice ”) of those Objections which Sellers are willing to attempt to cure, if any. Sellers shall be entitled to reasonable adjournments of the Closing Date not to exceed 30 days to cure the Objections. Any Objections for which Sellers do not indicate in the Response Notice that Sellers is willing to attempt to cure shall be deemed to be a Permitted Exception. If Sellers fail to deliver a Response Notice by the Response Deadline, Sellers shall be deemed to have elected not to attempt to cure or otherwise resolve any matter set forth in the Objection Notice. If Buyer is dissatisfied with the Response Notice or the lack of Response Notice, Buyer may, as its exclusive remedy, terminate this Contract within 5 days after the Response Deadline. If Buyer fails to timely exercise such right, Buyer shall be deemed to accept the Title Commitment, the Title Documents and the Existing Survey with resolution, if any, of the Objections set forth in the Response Notice (or if no Response Notice is tendered, without any resolution of the Objections) and without any reduction or abatement of the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any exceptions shown on Title Documents secure an obligation to pay money, Buyer hereby Objects and Sellers shall cause such matters to be resolved and removed from title on or before the Closing Date.

26




Section 4.6      Disclosure Schedules . Sellers may, at their option, include in the Schedules items that are not material in order to avoid any misunderstanding, and such inclusion, or any references to dollar amounts, shall not be deemed to be an acknowledgment or representation that such items are material, to establish any standard of materiality or to define further the meaning of such terms for purposes of this Agreement. All matters disclosed in a Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed in each Schedule to which it is, upon review of all Schedules, reasonably apparent that such matters relate.
Section 4.7      Third-Party License Agreements . Sellers shall (a) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Buyer to negotiate a license with United Feature Syndicate, Inc. to allow Buyer to continue to the use of intellectual property that the Business currently has rights to use pursuant to the “Peanuts” License Agreement by and between United Feature Syndicate, Inc and Cedar Fair, L.P. dated May 15, 2009, and (b) make an introduction or provide contact information to allow Buyer to contact any current vendor to or licensor that is listed on Schedule 4.7 attached hereto. In addition to the foregoing and upon request of Buyer, Sellers will execute and deliver to such vendors and/or licensors a waiver of any exclusivity rights the Sellers or any of them have with such vendors or licensors.
ARTICLE 5     
Post-Closing Covenants of Sellers
Section 5.1      Further Assurances . Sellers agree that subsequent to the Closing, at the reasonable request of Buyer, they will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Buyer, or Buyer’s designee, such further instruments of transfer and conveyance, and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out and consummate the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 5.2      Removal of Excluded Assets . Within ninety (90) days after the Closing, Sellers shall, at its sole cost and expense (including with respect to any damage to the Assets), remove all Excluded Assets and may remove from the Business or eliminate by painting over, or similar actions, all signs, renderings or other materials bearing any of Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property; provided, however, that Sellers shall not be responsible for replacing any such signs, renderings or other materials bearing any of Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property. At all times during such removal, Buyer shall have the right to have a representative present, and such activities shall be conducted with the coordination by Buyer. Any such efforts to cover or paint shall be done in a manner so as to minimize damage to the applicable signs, renderings or other materials. Sellers shall repair any damage to the Assets caused by such activities (other than the covering up of the Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property). To the extent not removed by Sellers, Buyer shall, at a reasonable cost and expense to be paid by Sellers, remove or paint over the Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property on all such signs and materials prior to the opening of its 2012 operating season.
Section 5.3      Preservation of Records . Sellers agree to preserve and keep the records held by them or their respective affiliates relating to the Business for a period of seven (7) years from the Closing Date and shall make such records available to the Buyer as may be reasonably required by such party in connection with, among other things, any audit under the RDA Ground Lease, any insurance claims by, legal proceedings or tax audits against or governmental

27



investigations of Buyer or any of its respective affiliates in order to enable Buyer to comply with its respective obligations under this Agreement and each other agreement, document or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby. In the event Sellers wish to destroy such records after that time, any Seller shall first give ninety (90) days prior written notice to Buyer and Buyer shall have the right at its option and expense, upon prior written notice given to Sellers within that ninety (90) day period, to take possession of the records within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of such notice.
Section 5.4      Social Media . To the extent that Sellers or any of them own or control the right to provide content on Social Media, other than the CGA Social Media being assigned to Buyer, that contains, on the Closing Date, information and content relating to the Business and Assets, Sellers shall cause such information and content to be removed from such Social Media within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date. The foregoing is not intended to impose any obligation on Sellers to post content (e.g., announcement of ownership change) on any Social Media site (e.g., Yelp, Linked In or Trip Advisor) the content on which is not controlled by Sellers.
ARTICLE 6     
Pre-Closing Covenants of Buyer
Buyer agrees that, subsequent to the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date:
Section 6.1      Consents and Approvals .
(a)      RDA Ground Lease . Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the approval of the City to the RDA Ground Lease Assignment.
(b)      Other Permits and Consents . From the date immediately following the Commitment Date until the Closing Date, in accordance with, and subject to, Section 1.10 of this Agreement, Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all permits, licenses, consents or other approvals required to be obtained by it from any appropriate governmental agency or authority or other person in connection with the consummation of the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation (a) securing all third party consents to the assignment of the Permits, Personal Property Leases, Real Property Leases and Contracts and Agreements, and (b) if required by applicable law, filing under the HSR Act, furnishing all requested materials throughout the HSR process (including any “second request”), and cooperating with all governmental agencies and authorities.
Section 6.2      Communications . From the Commitment Date to the Closing Date, Buyer shall, subject to applicable law and to any confidentiality obligations of Buyer, promptly notify Sellers of any notice or other communication delivered or received by Buyer (or its representatives) to or from any third party (other than notices or other communications solely among Buyer representatives or between Buyer and Sellers) with respect to the Transaction contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, any notice or other communication to or from any third party objecting to, or alleging that the consent of any person is or may be required in connection with, the Transaction contemplated hereby). The foregoing is not intended to limit the right of Buyer to communicate with the City, the RDA, the Santa Clara Stadium Authority, a

28



California joint powers authority, San Francisco Forty Niners, Ltd., California limited partnership, Forty Niners Stadium, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and or their respective counsel regarding the RDA Ground Lease or the proposed assignment thereof, or the relationship of the Transaction to any other pending transactions involving the relationship between the Business and the potential stadium development.
Section 6.3      Financing . Buyer acknowledges and agrees that its obligations under this Agreement are not subject to any conditions regarding Buyer’s, any of its affiliates’ or any other Person’s ability to obtain any, maintain any, or draw upon any existing facility of, debt, equity or other financing to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby.
ARTICLE 7     
Post-Closing Covenants of Buyer
Section 7.1      Further Assurances . Buyer agrees that subsequent to the Closing, at the reasonable request of Sellers, it will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered to Sellers, or Sellers’ designee, such further instruments of transfer, conveyance and assumption, and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out and consummate the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 7.2      Access to Tax and Other Information . For a period of three (3) years after the Closing Date or the expiration of all statutes of limitation, whichever is longer (the “ Review Period ”), upon the request of Sellers, Buyer hereby grants to Sellers and Sellers’ employees, agents and representatives the right, upon forty-eight (48) hours notice and during normal business hours, to inspect and copy the books, records and other documents of Buyer related to the Business or the Assets, to provide copies of such information and materials to third parties and to view and measure the Assets (provided that such measurement shall not disturb the Assets) and to consult with the employees, agents and representatives of Buyer in connection with (a) any claim or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service or any state, local or foreign taxing authority, (b) the prosecution or defense of any other claim or suit, which is made by or against Sellers, or (c) the substantiation that no payments (including money, property, services, and all other forms of consideration) have been made by or on behalf of Buyer or for the benefit of any employee or agent of Sellers who may be reasonably expected to influence Sellers’ decision to enter into this Agreement.
Section 7.3      Preservation of Records . Buyer agrees to preserve and keep the records acquired by it or its affiliates in this Transaction relating to the Business for a period of seven (7) years from the Closing Date and shall make such records available to Sellers as may be reasonably required by Sellers in connection with, among other things, any insurance claims by, legal proceedings or tax audits against or governmental investigations of Sellers or any of their respective affiliates. In the event Buyer wishes to destroy such records after that time, Buyer shall first give ninety (90) days prior written notice to Sellers and Sellers shall have the right at their option and expense, upon prior written notice given to Buyer within that ninety (90) day period, to take possession of the records within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of such notice.

29




ARTICLE 8
Conditions Precedent
Section 8.1      Mutual Conditions Precedent . The obligations of Sellers, on the one hand, and of Buyer, on the other hand, to consummate the Transaction contemplated herein shall be subject, in each instance, to the fulfillment or written waiver of each of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing:
(a)      Premerger Notification . The parties hereto shall have made all filings and furnished all materials required by the HSR Act with respect to the Transaction contemplated hereby, and all waiting periods (as may be extended by any governmental agency request) under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated without the institution of a proceeding challenging the Transaction contemplated hereby by the Federal Trade Commission or the United States Department of Justice.
(b)      Legal Action . No temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or permanent injunction or other order preventing the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby shall have been issued by any federal or state court and remain in effect, and, with respect to litigation by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, no litigation seeking the issuance of such an order or injunction, or seeking the imposition against Sellers or Buyer of damages if the purchase and sale contemplated hereby is consummated, shall be pending which has a reasonable probability of resulting in such order, injunction or damages.
Section 8.2      Conditions Precedent of Buyer . The obligations of Buyer hereunder to consummate the Transaction contemplated herein shall be subject, in each instance, to the following conditions:
(a)      RDA Ground Lease . The City shall have approved, by applicable action of its City Council, (a) the assignment of the RDA Ground Lease by Sellers to Buyer in accordance with the RDA Ground Lease Assignment (“ RDA Ground Lease Assignment Consent ”), and (b) execution and delivery by the applicable officer of the City, on the Closing Date, of an amendment to the RDA Ground Lease (“ RDA Ground Lease Amendment ”) providing for (i) extension of the remaining Term or Extended Term thereunder (as such terms are defined in the RDA Ground Lease) to a date not earlier than December 31, 2054; (b) modification of and updating in a commercially reasonable manner the financing and mortgagee protection provisions; and (c) such other modifications as Buyer may reasonably request. If, however, Buyer fails before the Commitment Date to get the consideration of its request for the RDA Ground Lease Assignment Consent and the RDA Ground Lease Amendment on the agenda and posted for hearing before the Board of Commissioners of the City at a meeting occurring within 75 days after the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, then, the receipt of the Ground Lease Assignment Consent and the RDA Ground Lease Amendment shall be deemed waived by the Buyer and shall not be a condition precedent to Buyer’s obligation to consummate the Transaction contemplated herein.
(b)      Due Diligence . Buyer shall not have terminated this Agreement in accordance with Section 4.1(b).

30




(c)      Accuracy of Representations and Warranties of Sellers; Compliance . Each of the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (in each case, as such representation or warranty would read if all materiality qualifications were deleted therefrom) as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, does not have, and is not reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of Sellers to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby, and Sellers shall have performed in all respects all obligations and complied in all respects with all covenants required by this Agreement (in each case, as such obligation or covenant would read if all materiality qualifications were deleted therefrom) at or prior to the Closing Date, except where the failure thereof, individually or in the aggregate, does not have, and is not reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of Sellers to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby. On the Closing Date, Sellers shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate executed by the Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Vice President of each Seller to the foregoing effect.
(d)      Title Insurance Policy . The Title Company shall be prepared to issue to Buyer effective at the Closing the Title Policy insuring fee simple title to all of the Owned Real Property and a valid leasehold interest in all Leased Real Property pursuant to the terms of the RDA Ground Lease and, if required by Section 8.2(a) of this Agreement, as amended by the RDA Ground Lease Amendment in Buyer free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Exceptions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, said policy shall contain no exception for Taxes or special assessments which are not shown as existing liens by the public records (unless included in the Permitted Exceptions). The parties shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Title Policy to be issued by the Title Company as of the Closing Date and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sellers shall cause to be executed and delivered to Title Company any ALTA affidavits or undertakings reasonably requested by Title Company as a condition to issuance of such Title Policy. The cost of the premium for the Title Policy attributable to CLTA coverage shall be borne by Sellers and all other premiums and similar fees and charges required in connection with the issuance of the Title Policy, including without limitation, any premiums for endorsements or ALTA extended coverage shall be borne by Buyer.
(e)      Sellers Closing Documents . Delivery by Sellers to Buyer at the Closing of the following documents, each dated as of the Closing Date unless otherwise specified:
(i)      Grant Deed in a form to be agreed upon by the parties (the “ Deed ”) conveying the Owned Real Property and the Improvements, duly executed and acknowledged by Sellers and in recordable form, conveying to Buyer good and insurable fee simple title to the Owned Real Property, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions;
(ii)      A lease assignment and assumption agreement duly executed by Sellers, in form approved by Buyer and the City, assigning the Sellers’ right, title and interest in the RDA Ground Lease to Buyer (the “ RDA Ground Lease Assignment ”);

31




(iii)      An assignment and assumption agreement duly executed by the applicable Seller, in form approved by Buyer and Gilroy Owner, assigning the applicable Seller’s right, title and interest in the Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement to Buyer (the “ Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement Assignment ”);
(iv)      A bill of sale duly executed by Sellers respecting Tangible Personal Property, Inventories, Books and Records, and Manuals, except for Liquor Inventory and Liquor FF&E, in a form to be agreed upon by the parties (the “ Bill of Sale ”);
(v)      An assignment and assumption agreement duly executed by Sellers respecting the Permits (if any), except for the Liquor License, in a form to be agreed upon by the parties (the “ Permit Assignment ”);
(vi)      An assignment and assumption agreement duly executed by Sellers respecting the Contracts and Agreements and Personal Property Leases in a form to be agreed upon by the parties (the “ Contracts Assignment ”) and an assignment and assumption of the Real Property Leases other than the RDA Ground Lease (collectively, the “ Real Property Leases Assignment ”), in a form to be agreed upon by the parties;
(vii)      If applicable, an Interim Liquor Agreement, liquor sub-escrow instruction and such other documents relating to the transfer of the Liquor License and Liquor FF&E as may be reasonably required to effectuate the transfer thereof;
(viii)      An affidavit, duly executed by Sellers, stating under penalty of perjury, Sellers’ United States taxpayer identification number and that Sellers are not “foreign persons” as defined in Section 1445(f)(3) of the Code and otherwise in the form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service;
(ix)      A Real Estate Withholding Certificate Form CA 530, duly executed by Sellers, stating under penalty of perjury, Sellers is not subject to State withholding as a foreign person;
(x)      Certificate from the Sellers described in Section 8.2(c);
(xi)      A dismissal with prejudice of Case No. 110CV168937, captioned Cedar Fair, L.P. vs. City of Santa Clara et al., executed by the applicable Sellers and/or Sellers’ counsel;
(xii)      a general release, in form reasonably satisfactory to the City Attorney of the City, of any and all claims against the City, the RDA, the Santa Clara Stadium Authority, a California joint powers authority, San Francisco Forty Niners, Ltd., California limited partnership, Forty Niners Stadium, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and their respective commissioners, directors, council members, members, partners, officers, employees, agents, and successors, including without limitation any claims or causes of action arising or related to the proposed development of a stadium in the City or any land use, contractual, environmental impact review or other approvals of such development.

32




(xiii)      Copies of the resolutions, certified by the Secretaries or Assistant Secretaries of Sellers as being in full force and effect on the Closing Date, duly adopted by the applicable governing body of Sellers evidencing the approval and authorization of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby and the taking of all necessary entity action to enable Sellers to comply with all of the terms of this Agreement;
(xiv)      Certificates of good standing of Sellers, certified by the Secretary of States of Delaware and Ohio (as applicable), dated within ten (10) days prior to the Closing;
(xv)      If Sellers desire the Escrow Holder to release the Closing Payment to Sellers on the Closing Date (as opposed to the first business day following the Closing), a “gap indemnity” agreement in form reasonably acceptable to the Title Company;
(xvi)      Such other and further instruments, documents and other considerations as Buyer may reasonably deem necessary or desirable, or as may be required, to consummate the Transaction.
(f)      Sellers shall have obtained those consents specifically listed on Schedule 8.2(f) attached hereto (“ Material Consents ”) on terms or conditions reasonably satisfactory to Buyer. The parties acknowledge and agree that Schedule 8.2(f) may be modified, on or before the Commitment Date, to include additional Material Consents, and the parties agree to negotiate the inclusion of any such additional Material Consents in good faith, it being understood that, if the failure to obtain any additional Material Consent proposed by Buyer would create a Material Adverse Effect (without giving effect to clauses (a)(5), (a)(6) or (b) in the definition thereof), then it is the intention of the parties that it be included on Schedule 8.2(f) and be a Material Consent hereunder.
(g)      Gilroy Owner shall have approved, by applicable action of its Board of Directors, executed and delivered a written instrument approving the assignment of the Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement by Sellers in accordance with the Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement Assignment.
(h)      No Material Adverse Effect has occurred.
Section 8.3      Conditions Precedent of Sellers . The obligations of Sellers hereunder to consummate the Transaction contemplated herein shall be subject, in each instance, to the following conditions:
(a)      Accuracy of Representations and Warranties of Buyer; Compliance . Each of the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (in each case, as such representation or warranty would read if all materiality qualifications were deleted therefrom) as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case, as of such earlier date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, does not have, and is not reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby, and Buyer shall have performed in all respects all obligations

33



and complied in all respects with all covenants required by this Agreement (in each case, as such obligation or covenant would read if all materiality qualifications were deleted therefrom) at or prior to the Closing Date, except where the failure thereof, individually or in the aggregate, does not have, and is not reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the Transaction contemplated hereby. On the Closing Date, Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers a certificate executed by the President or Managing Member of Buyer to the foregoing effect.
(b)      Buyer shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Sellers evidence of the wire transfer referred to in Section 1.5.
(c)      Buyer Closing Documents . Delivery by Buyer to Sellers at the Closing of the following documents, each dated as of the Closing Date unless otherwise specified:
(i)      The RDA Ground Lease Assignment, duly executed by Buyer;
(ii)      Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement Assignment, duly executed by Buyer;
(iii)      The Permit Assignment, if any, duly executed by Buyer;
(iv)      The Contracts Assignment duly executed by Buyer;
(v)      A certificate from Buyer described in Section 8.3(a);
(vi)      A certificate of good standing of Buyer, certified by the Secretary of State of California, dated within ten (10) days prior to the Closing;
(vii)      Copies of the resolutions, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Buyer as being in full force and effect on the Closing Date, duly adopted by the applicable governing body of Buyer evidencing the approval and authorization of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction contemplated hereby and the taking of all necessary entity action to enable Buyer to comply with all of the terms of this Agreement; and
(viii)      Such other and further instruments, documents and other considerations as Sellers may reasonably deem necessary or desirable, or as may be required, to consummate the Transaction, including as may be required by the Title Company of Buyer in order to issue the Title Policy required by this Agreement; and
(ix)      The Real Property Leases Assignment duly executed by Buyer.

ARTICLE 9 Survival and Indemnity
Section 9.1      Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of each party contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date for a period of twelve (12) months following the Closing Date; provided, however, that (a) the

34



representations and warranties of Sellers contained in Sections 2.1 (Organization and Good Standing of Sellers), 2.2 (Partnership and Corporate Power and Authority), 2.3 (Conflicts, Consents and Approvals), 2.4(a) (Ground Lease) and 2.6 (Title to Tangible Personal Property) shall survive indefinitely, (b) the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in Section 2.16 (Tax Matters), and the obligation to indemnify in respect thereof, shall survive the Closing Date until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, after giving effect to any extensions or waivers and (c) the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in Section 2.4(b) (Ground Lease) shall not survive the Closing Date (in each case, the “ Survival Period ”). No Claim for indemnification under Sections 9.2 and 9.3 with respect to the representations and warranties of each party contained in this Agreement shall be made unless a Claim Notice has been delivered to the Indemnifying Party within the applicable Survival Period, except that any Claim relating to Section 2.16 (Tax Matters) may be asserted until 60 days after the expiration of the applicable Survival Period. Notwithstanding the expiration of any Survival Period, if a Claim Notice has been given by Buyer to Sellers with respect to a representation or warranty of Sellers within the applicable Survival Period, or if a Claim Notice has been given by Sellers to Buyer with respect to a representation or warranty of Buyer within the applicable Survival Period, then the relevant representation or warranty shall survive, solely as to such Claim as is asserted in the Claim Notice, until such Claim has been finally resolved.
Section 9.2      Indemnity by Sellers . Subject to the Survival Periods set forth in Section 9.1 and the claim procedures set forth in Section 9.5 hereof, Sellers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its successors and assigns, and its officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates (“ Buyer’s Indemnified Persons ”) against any Losses actually incurred as the result of (a) a breach of any representation or warranty by Sellers contained in this Agreement or the other agreements to be delivered in connection with the Closing of this Transaction; (b) a breach of the covenants and agreements of Sellers contained in this Agreement or the other agreements to be delivered in connection with the Closing of this Transaction; (c) any Excluded Liabilities; or (d) Liabilities arising from Prepaid Revenue to the extent not previously reflected in the Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation; provided, however, that, with respect to any Claims for Losses pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above, (i) the Sellers shall not be liable for any such Losses unless and until the amount of Losses for any particular matter or series of related matters for which the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above exceeds $25,000 (the “ Threshold ”), at which time the Sellers shall be obligated to indemnify the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons for the full amount of such Losses for such matter(s) subject to the other limitations of (including the Deductible under) this Section 9.2, and (ii) the aggregate amount of Losses for all matters for which the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above (not including any amounts that are not subject to indemnification as a result of the application of the Threshold) exceeds $350,000 (the “ Deductible ”), at which time the Sellers shall be obligated to indemnify the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons only to the extent that the aggregate amount of Losses for all matters for which the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above (not including any amounts that are not subject to indemnification as a result of the application of the Threshold) exceeds the Deductible. In no event shall the aggregate indemnification to be paid by Sellers with respect to Claims for Losses pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above exceed $10,000,000 (the “ Cap ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentences in this

35



Section 9.2, Claims for Losses pursuant to Section (a) above in respect of a breach of Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.16 shall not be subject to the Threshold or the Deductible.
Section 9.3      Indemnity by Buyer . Subject to the Survival Periods set forth in Section 9.1 and the claim procedures set forth in Section 9.5 hereof, Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless each Sellers, their respective successors and assigns, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates (“ Sellers’ Indemnified Persons ”) against any Losses actually incurred as the result of (a) a breach of any representation or warranty by Buyer contained in this Agreement or the other agreements to be delivered in connection with the Closing of this Transaction; (b) a breach of the covenants and agreements of Buyer contained in this Agreement or the other agreements to be delivered in connection with the Closing of this Transaction; (c) any Assumed Liabilities; or (d) any injury or death of persons or damage or destruction of property by reason of or arising out of the acts or omissions of Buyer or any of Buyer’s employees, engineers, contractors, agents or representatives in connection with any inspection, test, study or investigation conducted by or for Buyer; provided, however, that, with respect to any Claims for Losses pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above, Buyer shall not be liable for any such Losses unless and until (i) the amount of Losses for any particular matter or series of related matters for which the Sellers’ Indemnified Persons are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above exceeds the Threshold, at which time the Buyer shall be obligated to indemnify the Sellers’ Indemnified Persons for the full amount of such Losses for such matter(s) subject to the other limitations of (including the Deductible under) this Section 9.3, and (ii) the aggregate amount of Losses for all matters for which the Sellers’ Indemnified Persons are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above (not including any amounts that are not subject to indemnification as a result of the application of the Threshold) exceeds the Deductible, at which time the Buyer shall be obligated to indemnify the Sellers’ Indemnified Persons only to the extent that the aggregate amount of Losses for all matters for which the Sellers’ Indemnified Persons are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above (not including any amounts that are not subject to indemnification as a result of the application of the Threshold) exceeds the Deductible. In no event shall the aggregate indemnification to be paid by Buyer with respect to Claims for Losses pursuant to Section (a) and (b) above exceed the Cap. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentences in this Section 9.3, Claims for Losses pursuant to Section (a) above in respect of a breach of Sections 3.1 or 3.2 shall not be subject to the Threshold or the Deductible.
Section 9.4      Tax Indemnity . Sellers shall indemnify the Buyer from and against the entirety of any Losses the Buyer may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, or caused by any Liability of Sellers (a) for any Taxes of the Sellers for any Tax Period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date (or for any Tax Period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date to the extent allocable to the portion of such period up to and including the Closing Date) and (b) for the unpaid Taxes of any Person (other than Sellers) under Treasury regulation §1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise. Buyer shall, promptly upon receipt, provide to Sellers all Tax notices, bills, assessments and other correspondence relating to Taxes for any Tax Period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date (or for any Tax Period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date to the extent allocable to the portion of such period up to and including the Closing Date).

36




Section 9.5      Claims Procedure . Upon the occurrence of any event that a party hereto (the “ Indemnified Party ”) asserts to be the basis for a claim for indemnification against the other party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) under this Article 9 (a “ Claim ”), then the Indemnified Party shall promptly give notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) to the Indemnifying Party thereof in writing, which Claim Notice shall set forth (i) a particular description of the event or condition that is the basis for the Claim; and (ii) the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy such Claim; provided, however, that no delay on the part of the Indemnified Party in notifying the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation under this Agreement except to the extent the Indemnifying Party thereby is prejudiced.
(a)      If the Claim involves the claim of any third person (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume and control the defense of the Third-Party Claim with counsel of its own choice reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, so long as the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party of such defense in writing within thirty (30) days after the Indemnified Party has given notice of the Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Third-Party Claim actively and diligently; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Third-Party Claim; and, provided, further, that the Indemnified Party shall pay the fees and disbursements of such separate counsel unless (i) the employment of such separate counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Party, (ii) the Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof, or (iii) the named parties to the proceeding in which such Claim has been asserted include both the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnified Party and, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, there exists one or more defenses that may be available to the Indemnified Party that are in conflict with those available to the Indemnifying Party.
(b)      The parties hereto agree to cooperate fully with each other in connection with the defense, negotiation or settlement of any such Third-Party Claim. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.5 to the contrary: (i) the Indemnifying Party shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be unreasonably withheld), unless as part of such judgment or settlement the Indemnified Party is released in writing from all liability with respect to such Third-Party Claim and the business of the Indemnified Party will not become subject to any restrictions or conditions not previously applicable to it or otherwise be adversely affected, and (ii) the Indemnified Party shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (not to be unreasonably withheld), unless as part of such judgment or settlement the Indemnifying Party is released in writing from all liability with respect to such Third-Party Claim and the business of the Indemnifying Party will not become subject to any restrictions or conditions not previously applicable to it or otherwise be adversely affected.
(c)      In the event the Indemnifying Party does not assume and conduct the defense of the Third-Party Claim in accordance with Section 9.5(b), the Indemnified Party may defend against the Third-Party Claim in any manner it reasonably may deem appropriate (and the

37



Indemnified Party need not consult with or obtain any consent from the Indemnifying Party in connection therewith).
(d)      Whenever the Indemnified Party shall have given a Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party that does not involve a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party may, within sixty (60) days after receipt of such Claim Notice, notify the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party disputes the Claim for indemnification set forth in such Claim Notice (a “ Dispute Notice ”). If, with respect to the claim for indemnification set forth in a Claim Notice, no Dispute Notice is given to the Indemnified Party within such sixty (60) day period, the Claim shall be deemed valid, and the Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to pay to the Indemnified Party the amount specified in the Claim Notice with respect to such Claim. If a Dispute Notice is given to the Indemnified Party, the dispute that is the subject of such notice shall be resolved as follows: The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall first attempt to resolve the dispute through a good faith discussion of the Claim. If such discussion does not result in a resolution acceptable to the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, either party may resort to any remedies available in law or in equity in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e)      If any party is obligated to pay the cost of remediating or addressing any fact or condition affecting the Business or its operations to satisfy its indemnification obligations under this Agreement:
(i)      the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall consult with one another as to the design and conduct of any work associated with such remediation; and
(ii)      if the parties are unable to agree as to the design and conduct of any such work within 30 days of the initial consultation referred to in clause (i) above, then the Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for any costs in excess of those required by the design and conduct of such work if undertaken in the most practicable, cost effective and commercially reasonable manner consistent with the use and operation of the assets as an amusement park, and in a commercially reasonable manner that causes the least practicable disruption of the ordinary course of business.
Section 9.6      Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments . Each of Sellers and Buyer agree to treat any indemnity payment made pursuant to this Article 9 as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes.
Section 9.7      Calculation of Losses .
(a)      The amount of any Losses for which indemnification is provided under this Article 9 shall be net of any amounts actually recovered by the Indemnified Party under insurance policies or otherwise with respect to such Losses.
(b)      The amount of any Losses for which indemnification is provided under this Article 9 shall be increased to take account of any net Tax cost incurred by the Indemnified Party resulting from the receipt of indemnity payments hereunder and reduced to take account of any net Tax benefit realized by the Indemnified Party resulting from the incurrence or payment of any such Loss or that would be realized if the proceeds of such indemnity payment were used to ameliorate the circumstance that gave rise to the Claim (in each case, grossed-up and -down as

38



appropriate in respect of changes in the actual amount of the indemnity payment resulting from adjustments pursuant to this Section 9.7). To the extent payment of such Claim does not give rise to a Tax cost currently payable by the Indemnified Party, if payment of the Claim gives rise to a Tax cost subsequently payable by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall pay the Indemnified Party the amount of such Tax cost when, as, and if payable by the Indemnified Party (grossed-up and -down as appropriate in respect of changes in the actual amount of the indemnity payment resulting from adjustments pursuant to this Section 9.7). To the extent such Claim does not give rise to a currently realizable Tax benefit, if the amount with respect to which any Claim is made gives rise to a subsequently realized Tax benefit to the Indemnified Party that made the Claim, such Indemnified Party shall refund to the Indemnifying Party the amount of such Tax benefit when, as and if realized (grossed-up and -down as appropriate in respect of changes in the actual amount of the indemnity payment resulting from adjustments pursuant to this Section 9.7). An Indemnified Party shall use its reasonable efforts to maximize and accelerate Tax benefits and to minimize and defer Tax costs whenever legally permissible. For purposes of this Section 9.7, “Tax cost” means the amount by which the Tax liability of the party (or group of entities including the party) is increased (including by increase in gross income, reduction in deductions by virtue of decreased tax basis or otherwise, reduction of refund or credit to which the party would otherwise be entitled, or otherwise) plus any related interest, penalty, or addition to tax payable to the relevant taxing authority as a result of such Tax cost; and “Tax benefit” means the amount by which the Tax liability of the party (or group of entities including the party) is or could be reduced (including by reduction of gross income, availability of deductions, reduction of income by virtue of increased tax basis or otherwise, entitlement to refund, credit or otherwise) plus any related interest received or reduction of interest payable directly related to such Tax benefit. For purposes of this Section 9.7, “Tax benefits” and “Tax costs” shall be computed as if Buyer were a corporation subject to tax under Section 11 of the Code. In computing the amount of any such Tax cost or Tax benefit, the Indemnified Party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any item arising from the receipt of any indemnity payment hereunder or the incurrence or payment of any indemnified Loss. For purposes of this Section 9.7, a Tax cost is “currently payable” to the extent that such Tax cost relates to the current taxable period or year or any Tax Return with respect thereto or to any taxable period or year prior to the date of the Claim; and a Tax benefit is “currently realizable” to the extent that such Tax benefit could be realized in the current taxable period or year or in any Tax Return with respect thereto (including through a carryback to a prior taxable period) or in any taxable period or year prior to the date of the Claim. The amount of any increase, reduction or payment hereunder shall be adjusted to reflect any final determination with respect to the Indemnified Party’s liability for Taxes, and payments between the parties to this Agreement to reflect such adjustment shall be made if necessary. For purposes of determining the amount of any Tax cost or Tax benefit hereunder, the receipt of an indemnity payment shall be treated as an adjustment to the basis of the asset or assets upon which the underlying Claim that gave rise to the indemnity payment was based and payment of an indemnified claim, if required to be capitalized, shall be treated as an adjustment to the basis of the same asset or assets. If the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such basis adjustments were not properly made, the Indemnified Party shall make such additional adjustments as are necessary to minimize and defer Tax costs and maximize and accelerate Tax benefits, unless precluded from doing so by a final determination with respect to the Indemnified Party or any of its affiliates or unless it is advised, by written opinion of a tax adviser reasonably

39



acceptable to the Indemnifying Party, which opinion shall be made available to the Indemnifying Party, that any further adjustment is inappropriate. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the application of this Section 9.7(b) to an indemnity payment owed by Sellers hereunder would increase the amount owed by Sellers, Sellers shall be liable to Buyer for such increased amount only if Buyer could not avoid such increased Tax cost by foregoing its payment of the indemnified Claim and instead providing Sellers the opportunity to pay such Claim directly. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood between the parties that, regardless of against whom a liability is asserted, if it is feasible for the liability to be paid by Sellers, the decision as to whether the liability will be paid directly by Sellers to the claimant or paid by Sellers to Buyer as an indemnity and then paid by Buyer to the claimant shall be made by Sellers, provided that a Seller informs Buyer of this decision in writing before the liability is paid.
Section 9.8      Sole and Exclusive Remedy . The sole and exclusive remedy for any breach or inaccuracy or alleged breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty in this Agreement or any covenant or agreement in this Agreement to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date shall be indemnification in accordance with this Article 9 .
ARTICLE 10     
Employee Matters
Section 10.1      Employees .
(a)      The employees of the Business who are employed on the Closing Date on a seasonal basis are referred to herein as “ Seasonal Employees ” and all other current employees are referred to herein as “ Regular Employees .” At least five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver, in writing, an offer of employment to each of the Regular Employees in the same or substantially comparable position with Buyer as provided by Sellers, excluding (i) Regular Employees who Sellers notify Buyer in writing prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period that Sellers intend to retain, which shall not constitute more than 5% of the total number of Regular Employees as of the Commitment Date (the “ Cedar Fair Retained Employees ”) and (ii) Regular Employees who Buyer notifies Sellers in writing prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period that Buyer does not intend to hire (the “ Buyer Rejected Employees ”), which shall in no event exceed a total of forty-five (45) Regular Employees. The parties hereby agree that the list of Buyer Rejected Employees and Cedar Fair Retained Employees will be finalized prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period based on the mutual agreement of Sellers and Buyer. For one (1) year after the Closing Date, Buyer shall not make an offer of employment or solicit for employment any Cedar Fair Retained Employee while they are employed by Sellers. Such Regular Employees who accept such Buyer offers by the Closing Date or expiration of approved leave will be provided employment by Buyer commencing immediately following the Closing Date or expiration of approved leave (at such time, such employees are referred to as “ Transferred Employees ”). Sellers agree to transfer to Buyer the employment records of the Transferred Employees to the extent permitted by law and assuming the Transferred Employee consents have been obtained.
(b)      Pursuant to the “Alternate Procedure” provided in Section 5 of the Revenue Procedure 96-60, 1996-2 C.B. 399, (i) Buyer and Sellers shall report on a

40



predecessor/successor basis as set forth therein, (ii) Sellers shall not be relieved from filing a Form W-2 with respect to any Employees who do not become Transferred Employees, and (iii) Buyer shall undertake to file (or cause to be filed) a Form W-2 for each such Transferred Employee with respect to the portion of the year during which such Employees are employed by Buyer including the portion of such year that such Employee was employed by Sellers.
(c)      For a period of two (2) years after the Closing Date, Sellers shall not solicit for employment any of the Transferred Employees, other than any Transferred Employee who (i) is subsequently terminated by Buyer, or (ii) voluntarily leaves the employ of Buyer and with respect to whom Buyer gives prior written consent.
(d)      Sellers will provide Buyer with sufficient information to, and Buyer shall, carryover the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) taxable wage base of all Transferred Employees.
Section 10.2      Paid Time Off . Except for any items shown on Schedule 1.4 attached hereto, Sellers shall be responsible for all Liabilities with respect to all accrued but unused vacation, sick days and personal days due to all Transferred Employees under the Employee Benefit Plans for all periods up to (but not including) the Closing Date.
Section 10.3      Health Insurance . All Transferred Employees who are covered under any group health plan maintained by Sellers on the Closing Date shall be covered under a group health plan maintained by Buyer as of 12:00 a.m. on the day following the Closing Date. Dependents of such Transferred Employees shall also be so covered to the extent dependent coverage is provided under an Employee Benefit Plan of Buyer on the Closing Date. Buyer’s group health plan or plans shall be responsible for any expenses covered thereunder with respect to medical care or services rendered or medical expenditures incurred after the Closing Date without any preexisting condition limitations or exclusions.
Section 10.4      COBRA . Sellers shall be responsible for satisfying obligations under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code to provide continuation coverage (commonly referred to as “ COBRA Coverage ”) to or with respect to any Seasonal Employee or Regular Employee and/or dependent thereof on account of any “qualifying event” that occurs on or before the Closing Date. Buyer shall be responsible for satisfying such COBRA coverage obligations to or with respect to any Seasonal Employee hired by Buyer and any Transferred Employee (and/or a dependent thereof) on account of any “qualifying event” which occurs after the Closing Date.
Section 10.5      Severance . Sellers shall be responsible for any and all severance obligations or Liabilities in connection with the termination of employment of any Seasonal Employee or Regular Employee except as hereinafter provided. Buyer shall be responsible for any and all severance obligations or Liabilities in connection with the termination of employment with Buyer of any Seasonal Employee that is hired by Buyer or any Transferred Employee on and after the Closing Date.
Section 10.6      WARN Act . The Parties agree that all Sellers’ Regular Employees (other than Cedar Fair Retained Employees) shall be terminated immediately prior to Closing; all such

41



terminations shall be performed in compliance with all applicable legal requirements, including, without limitation, if applicable, the provisions of Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act 29 U.S.C. 2101 et seq. (the “ WARN Act ”) and applicable state labor laws. Sellers shall be responsible for, assume all Liability for and indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer from any and all obligations or Liabilities, arising under the WARN Act and all WARN Act obligations, including all notices, with respect to all employment losses experienced by the Sellers’ Regular and Seasonal Employees s on the or before the Closing Date. Buyer shall be responsible for, assume all Liability for and indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sellers from any and all obligations or Liabilities, arising under the WARN Act and all WARN Act obligations, including all notices, with respect to all employment losses experienced by the Transferred Employees and Seasonal Employees hired by Buyer which take place on or after the Closing Date.
Section 10.7      Past Service Credit . Buyer shall credit each Transferred Employee with his or her years of service with the Sellers and the ERISA Affiliates or any predecessor entities, to the same extent as such Transferred Employee was entitled immediately prior to the Closing to credit for such service under any Employee Benefit Plan for purposes of eligibility and vesting (but not benefit accrual) under Buyer’s similar employee benefit plans.
ARTICLE 11     
Termination
Section 11.1      Termination . This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing:
(a)      by mutual written consent of Sellers and Buyer; or
(b)      by the non-defaulting party if the other party (i) fails to timely perform or satisfy its obligations or covenants hereunder in any material respect following written notice of such failure and the expiration of not less than ten (10) business days opportunity to cure any such failure or (ii) is in material breach of a representation or warranty and such breach, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof; or
(c)      by Buyer prior to the Commitment Date pursuant to Section 4.1(b);
(d)      by Sellers if Cedar Fair enters into a binding agreement (“ Parent Sale Agreement ”) to sell or transfer all or substantially all of its business or assets or merge or complete any other business combination involving all or substantially all of its business or assets; or
(e)      by either party if the Transaction shall not have been consummated by December 31, 2011.
Section 11.2      Effect of Termination .
(a)      In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Sellers or Buyer as provided above, written notice thereof shall be given to the other party or parties, specifying the provision hereof pursuant to which such termination is made, and this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of either Buyer or Sellers to the other

42



party or any third party, except for (i) material breaches of this Agreement prior to the time of such termination; (ii) any provisions hereof which expressly provide for survival after termination, including, without limitation, this Section 11.2 and Article 12 hereof; and (iii) the parties’ continuing obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement. Nothing in this Section 11.2 shall relieve Buyer or Sellers of any liability for a breach of this Agreement prior to the date of termination. The damages recoverable by the non-breaching party shall include all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred by such party in connection with the Transaction contemplated hereby.
(b)      IN THE EVENT, FOLLOWING THE COMMITMENT DATE, BUYER FAILS TO COMPLETE THIS TRANSACTION STRICTLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT (COLLECTIVELY, “ BUYER’S DEFAULT ”), FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN SOLELY TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 8.1 (MUTUAL CONDITION PRECEDENT), SECTION 8.2 (CONDITIONS PRECEDENT OF BUYER, OTHER THAN THE CONDITION PRECEDENT IN SECTION 8.2(b) (DUE DILIGENCE)), SECTION 11.1(b) (SELLERS’ BREACH), SECTION 11.1(d) (SELLER’S TERMINATION FOR PARENT SALE AGREEMENT), OR SECTION 12.6 (EVENT OF CASUALTY OR CONDEMNATION), THEN, NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, SELLERS, AS SELLERS’ SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, SHALL BE ENTITLED TO LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE SUM OF (i) THE DEPOSIT, AND ESCROW HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO SELLERS THE DEPOSIT PLUS (ii) THE LIQUOR ASSETS ESCROW DEPOSIT AND THE LIQUOR LICENSE ESCROW AGREEMENT SHALL REQUIRE THE LIQUOR ASSETS ESCROW AGENT TO DELIVER TO SELLERS THE LIQUOR ASSETS ESCROW DEPOSIT. BY PLACING THEIR INITIALS BELOW BUYER AND SELLERS AGREE AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SELLERS’ ACTUAL DAMAGES IN THE EVENT OF BUYER’S FAILURE TO CONSUMMATE THE PURCHASE OF THE PROPERTY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN, THAT THE AMOUNTS REFERRED TO ABOVE CONSTITUTE A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF SELLERS’ DAMAGES AND THAT SELLERS SHALL BE ENTITLED, AS THEIR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (AND NOT AS A PENALTY OR FORFEITURE), TO RECEIVE AND RETAIN THE DEPOSIT AS SELLERS’ SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR SUCH BREACH OR BREACHES.
_____________________                    ____________________
INITIALS ON BEHALF                     INITIALS ON BEHALF
OF SELLERS                            OF BUYER
THE FOREGOING LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISIONS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A LIMIT ON, OR WAIVER OF, SELLERS’ RIGHT TO RECOVER ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR SELLERS’ RIGHTS OF INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OTHER THAN THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 9.3(a) OR SECTION 9.3(b) SOLELY TO THE EXTENT SUCH INDEMNIFICATION RELATES TO THE FAILURE TO ACQUIRE THE BUSINESS, WHICH RIGHTS ARE SEPARATE AND APART FROM, AND IN ADDITION TO, THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISION CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 11.2(b).

43




(c)      In the event that Sellers terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(d), then Sellers shall, concurrently with delivery of written notice of termination, (i) instruct Escrow Holder in writing to immediately return the Deposit to Buyer, and (ii) pay Buyer, the sum of (A) all of Buyer’s actual and reasonably documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses actually incurred by Buyer prior to the termination of this Agreement in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which amounts shall not be greater than $500,000, and (B) $500,000 (collectively, the “ Termination Payment ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Parent Sale Agreement is terminated prior to consummation thereof, then Sellers shall notify Buyer in writing within ten (10) business days after such termination, and Buyer shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such notice to reinstate this Agreement by delivery of written notice to Sellers and Escrow Holder and deposit into Escrow of an amount equal to the Deposit returned to Buyer pursuant to this Section. Thereafter, upon Closing hereunder, the Purchase Price will be increased by an amount equal to the Termination Payment.
(d)      Upon the termination of this Agreement, the Deposit shall be distributed as described in Section 1.6 and this Article 11 .
ARTICLE 12     
Miscellaneous
Section 12.1      Expenses . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, each of the parties hereto shall bear the expenses incurred by that party incident to this Agreement and the Transaction contemplated hereby including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel, experts and accountants retained by such party, whether or not the Transaction contemplated hereby shall be consummated.
Section 12.2      Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices attached hereto, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the Transaction contemplated hereby and may be amended, modified, supplemented or altered only by a writing duly executed by all of the parties hereto, and any prior agreements, representations, warranties or understandings, whether oral or written. All Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices attached hereto are hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein. All Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices not attached hereto at the time of execution hereof shall be incorporated herein and made a part hereof at the time of their attachment.
Section 12.3      Assignment; Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not, however, be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, by any party hereto except upon the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that Buyer may assign any or all of its rights, but not its obligations, to any entity in which Buyer or any of its members (which for purposes of the foregoing, shall be limited to Todd A. Chapman or Arthur K. Chapman), has, directly or indirectly, day to day management and control, provided that any such assignment shall not relieve the Buyer of its obligations hereunder unless and until Closing occurs. Upon any such permitted assignment, the references in this Agreement to Buyer shall also apply to any such

44



designee unless the context otherwise requires, and following Closing the references in this Agreement to Buyer shall only apply to any such designee unless the context otherwise requires. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies or obligations under, or by reason of, this Agreement.
Section 12.4      Modification; Waiver and Extensions . Buyer, on the one hand, and Sellers, on the other hand, may, by written instrument, extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other, waive any inaccuracies of the other in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement, waive compliance with any of the covenants of the other contained in this Agreement, and waive the other’s performance of any of the obligations set out in this Agreement. No modification, waiver or extension of any of the provisions of this Agreement and no consent by Buyer, on the one hand, or Sellers, on the other hand, to any departure therefrom by the other shall be effective unless such modification, waiver or extension shall be in writing and signed by the party or parties to be bound, and the same shall then be effective only for the period and on the conditions and for the specific instances and purposes specified in such writing. No notice to or demand on any of the parties hereto in any case shall entitle it, them or any of them to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
Section 12.5      Notices . All notices, demands, consents or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by reputable overnight air courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: if to Buyer, to JMA Ventures, LLC, Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3100, San Francisco, California 94109, Attention: Todd A. Chapman, with a copy to Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP, 333 South Hope Street, Suite 4300, Los Angeles, California 90071, Attention: Michael J. Kiely, Esq., and, if to Sellers, to Cedar Fair, L.P., One Cedar Point Drive, Sandusky, Ohio 44870, Attention: Duffield Milkie, Esq., with a copy to Squire, Sanders & Dempsey (US) LLP, 4900 Key Tower, 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, Attention: Cipriano S. Beredo, or to such other addresses as may hereafter be furnished in writing which is given in the manner required above. Any notice, demand, consent or communication given hereunder in the manner required above shall be deemed to have been effected and received as of the date hand delivered, as of the date received if sent by overnight air courier, or, if mailed, five (5) days after the date so mailed.
Section 12.6      Casualty and Condemnation . Damage and Destruction . In the event of a loss, damage or destruction of any material portion of the Assets by fire or other casualty, Sellers shall promptly notify Buyer of such loss, damage or destruction. In the event that such loss, damage or destruction that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, at Buyer’s option, in its sole discretion (i) Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Sellers, whereupon the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer, or (ii) Buyer may elect to proceed to Closing and Sellers shall assign or pay to Buyer all insurance proceeds payable in respect of such loss, damage or destruction (including the amount of any deductible or self-insurance). Sellers shall not settle or adjust any such insurance claim without the prior written consent of Buyer.

45




(a)      Condemnation . Sellers shall promptly inform Buyer of a taking (or the receipt of written notice regarding a threatened taking) of any of the other Assets by condemnation or transfer in lieu thereof prior to the Closing Date. In the event of any condemnation proceedings pertaining to any portion of the Assets that would reasonably be expected to result in an Material Adverse Effect, at Buyer’s option, in its sole discretion (i) Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Sellers, whereupon the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer, or (ii) Buyer may elect to proceed to Closing and Sellers shall assign or pay to Buyer all condemnation proceeds payable in respect of, and shall assign Sellers’ claim under, such condemnation proceeding such condemnation proceeding. Sellers shall not settle or adjust any such condemnation claim without the prior written consent of Buyer.
Section 12.7      Bulk Sales Waiver . Sellers and Buyer each waive compliance by the other with any bulk sales or similar laws that may be applicable to the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 12.8      Press Releases . Buyer and Sellers each agree to coordinate with the other party with respect to any press release or other announcement regarding this Transaction and shall not issue any such press release without prior consent of the other party, unless otherwise required by law; provided, that, to the extent required by law, the party intending to make such release shall consult with the other party with respect to the text thereof and shall not include any statement to which the other party reasonably objects unless such statement is required by law on the advice of the releasing party’s outside counsel.
Section 12.9      Captions . The captions of the various articles and sections of this Agreement have been inserted for the purpose of convenience of reference only, and such captions are not a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed in any manner to modify, explain, enlarge or restrict any of the provisions of the Agreement.
Section 12.10      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto individually or in any combination, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and upon such facsimile execution shall be deemed tantamount to an original execution.
Section 12.11      Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement or of any of the documents or instruments delivered pursuant hereto, or any portion of any provision hereof or thereof, shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable pursuant to a final determination of any court of competent jurisdiction, or as a result of future legislative action, such determination or action shall be construed so as not to affect the validity or enforceability hereof or thereof and shall not affect the validity or effect of any other portion hereof or thereof, unless, as a result of such determination or action, the consideration to be received or enjoyed by any party hereto would be materially impaired or reduced.
Section 12.12      Time . Time is of the essence of all obligations of the parties under this Agreement.

46




Section 12.13      Choice of Law . This Agreement, and all instruments delivered pursuant hereto or incorporated herein, unless otherwise expressly provided therein shall in all respects be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof, and venue of all actions arising under or related to this Agreement shall be in the courts of that state.
Section 12.14      Confidentiality Agreement . Sellers and Buyer hereby ratify and confirm their respective obligations under that certain confidentiality agreement, dated September 16, 2011 (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) between Sellers and Buyer.
Section 12.15      No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Nothing herein express or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person other than the parties hereto and their permitted successors or assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or the Transaction contemplated hereby.
Section 12.16      Terrorism/Governmental Action . Each party represents and warrants to the other party that the representing party is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom such other party is restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any applicable law, rule, regulation, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other governmental action, and is not and shall not knowingly engage in any dealings or transaction or otherwise knowingly be associated with such persons or entities.
Section 12.17      Specific Performance . The parties recognize and agree that if for any reason any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached or violated, immediate and irreparable harm or injury would be caused for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy under applicable Law. Accordingly, each party agrees that, in addition to all other remedies to which it may be entitled, each of the parties is entitled to seek a decree of specific performance and each of the parties shall further be entitled to seek an injunction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement without the necessity of posting a bond or other form of security. The foregoing shall not apply with respect to any termination of this Agreement pursuant to which Sellers are entitled to receive the Deposit in accordance with Section 11.2(b) above.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

47



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
SELLERS

BUYER

CEDAR FAIR, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

By: CEDAR FAIR MANAGEMENT, INC.,
its general partner
 
______________________________  
    Name:    ______________________________  
    Title:
JMA VENTURES, LLC,
a California limited liability company

By: ________________________________
Todd A. Chapman,
President
 
 
CEDAR FAIR SOUTHWEST INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By: ______________________________
Name:
______________________________
Title:
 
 
 
MAGNUM MANAGEMENT CORPORATION,
an Ohio corporation

By: ______________________________
Name:
______________________________
Title:
 


48




List of Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices
Appendices
A    Certain Definitions
Schedules
1.1(a)    Real Property
1.1(e)    Permits
1.1(f)    Personal Property Leases
1.1(g)    Real Property Leases
1.1(h)    Contracts and Agreements
1.1(i)    Intellectual Property Rights
1.2(a)    Seller’s Retained Intellectual Property
1.2(d)    Retained Computer Equipment and Software
1.2(e)    Non-Assignable Assets
1.2(h)    Multi-park Agreements
1.2(i)    Excluded Real Property Leases
1.2(j)    Seller’s Employee Benefit Plans
1.2(k)    Excluded Contracts
1.2(l)    Excluded Permits
1.2(m)    Additional Excluded Assets
1.4    Scheduled Liabilities
1.9(a)    Prop 8 Proceedings
2.3    Conflicts, Consents and Approvals
2.5    Permits
2.6    Title to Tangible Personal Property and Equipment
2.7    Physical Condition of Improvements
2.8    Litigation
2.10(b)    Environmental
2.11    Condition of Assts
2.12    Trademarks
2.13(a)    Financial Statements
2.13(b)    Attendance
2.14    Absence of Changes or Events
2.15 (a)    Free or Discounted Admissions
2.15(b)    Tenant Leases/Material Contracts
2.16(a)    Tax Matters
2.16(b)    Tax Withholding
2.16(c)    Tax Disputes
2.16(d)    Tax Agreements
2.17(a)    Benefit Plans
2.17(b)    ERISA
2.18    Insurance Policies
4.7    Multi-park Agreements
8.2(f)    Material Consents





Appendix A
Certain Definitions
ABC ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.11(b).
Additional Deposit ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.6(a) of the Agreement.
Agreement ” shall have the meaning defined in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement.
Alcohol Services ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.11(a) of the Agreement.
Allocated Asset Value ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.5 of the Agreement.
Allocation ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.5 of the Agreement.
Assets ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1 of the Agreement.
Assumed Liabilities ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.4 of the Agreement.
Benefit Arrangement ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.17(a) of the Agreement.
Bill of Sale ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(e)(iv) of the Agreement.
Books and Records ” means all files (including electronic files), documents, instruments, papers, books and records (tangible or electronic, including computer files with historical operating data) relating to the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations and assets and properties of Sellers in existence and in its possession or control, including, without limitation, financial statements and related work papers and management letters from accountants, tax returns, budgets, ledgers, journals, contracts, licenses, Permits, documents containing technical support (including vendor documents), customer lists, and environmental studies and plans, and development plans used or held for use in the conduct of the Business or otherwise relating to the Assets.
Business ” shall have the meaning defined in Recital A of the Agreement.
Business Employee ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.17(a) of the Agreement.
Buyer ” shall have the meaning defined in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement.
Buyer Rejected Employees ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 10.1(a) of the Agreement.
Buyer’s Default ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 11.2(b) of the Agreement.
Buyer’s Indemnified Persons ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.2 of the Agreement.
Cap ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.2 of the Agreement.

A- 1




Cedar Fair ” shall have the meaning defined in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement.
Cedar Fair Retained Employees ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 10.1(a) of the Agreement.
CGA Social Media ” means Social Media (a) in which Sellers or any of them owns rights or exercises the ability to control content, and (b) which relate exclusively to the Assets and/or Business, and not to any other assets or business of Sellers or any of them, including, without limitation, Twitter (including the web address http://twitter.com/#!/cagreatamerica); Facebook (including the web address https://www.facebook.com/cagreatamerica); and any “blog” or “weblog” hosted by Seller or any of them ([including http://cfpl3.cagreatamerica.com/public/fun/blog/index.cfm]).
City ” means the City of Santa Clara, the lessor under the RDA Ground Lease.
Claim ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.5 of the Agreement.
Claim Notice ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.5 of the Agreement.
Closin g” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.7 of the Agreement.
Closing Date ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.7 of the Agreement.
Closing Date Liabilities Valuation ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.8(b) of the Agreement.
Closing Payment ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.5 of the Agreement.
Closing Tax Year ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.9(a) of the Agreement.
Closing Year Property Taxes ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.9(a) of the Agreement.
COBRA Coverage ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 10.4 of the Agreement.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Commitment Date ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.6(a) of the Agreement.
Confidentiality Agreement ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 12.14 of the Agreement.
Contract ” means any written contract, indenture, note, bond, concession, lease or other agreement and all written modifications and amendments thereto.
Contracts and Agreements ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(h) of the Agreement.
Contracts Assignment ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(e)(vi) of the Agreement.
Deductible ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.2 of the Agreement.

A- 2




Deed ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(e)(i) of the Agreement.
Demand ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.10(a)(i) of the Agreement.
Deposit ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.6 of the Agreement.
Due Diligence Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending at 5:00 PM Pacific Standard Time on the date that is sixty (60) days following the Effective Date.
Dispute Notice ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.5(d) of the Agreement.
Effective Date ” shall have the meaning defined in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement.
Employee Benefit Plan ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.17(a) of the Agreement.
Encumbrances ” means any and all liens, mortgages, pledges, security interests, conditional sales agreements, charges, claims, options, conditions, easements and restrictions of record and any other encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever.
Environmental Claim ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.10(a)(i) of the Agreement.
Environmental Condition ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.10(a)(ii) of the Agreement.
Environmental Laws ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.10(a)(iii) of the Agreement.
ERISA Affiliate ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.17(b) of the Agreement.
Escrow ” shall have the meaning defined in the Agreements Section on Page 1.
Escrow Holder ” shall have the meaning defined in the Agreements Section on Page 1.
Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.8(a) of the Agreement.
Excluded Assets ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.2(m) of the Agreement.
Excluded Contracts ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.2(k) of the Agreement.
Excluded Liabilities ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.3 of the Agreement.
Existing Survey ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(b) of the Agreement.
Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.8(d) of the Agreement.
Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.13(a) of the Agreement.

A- 3




Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement ” means that certain Amusement Park Operation and Management Agreement dated as of January 29, 2003, as amended on March 28, 2005, March 1, 2007, October 1, 2007, October 24, 2008, May 4, 2010 and September 9, 2011, between Gilroy Owner, as owner, and Cedar Fair Southwest Inc. f/k/a Paramount Parks, Inc. as manager.
Gilroy Gardens Management Agreement Assignment ” has the meaning defined in Section 8.2(e)(iii) of the Agreement.
Gilroy Owner ” means Gilroy Gardens Family Theme Park, a Delaware nonprofit corporation, as owner.
Hazardous Materials ” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.10(a)(iv) of the Agreement.
HSR Act ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.3 of the Agreement.
Improvements ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement.
Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.5 of the Agreement.
Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.5 of the Agreement.
Initial Deposit ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.6(a) of the Agreement.
Insurance Policies ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.18 of the Agreement.
Insurance Proceeds ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(j) of the Agreement.
Intellectual Property Rights ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(i) of the Agreement.
Interim Financial Statement ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.13(a) of the Agreement.
Interim Liquor Agreement ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.11(b) of the Agreement.
Inventory ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(c) of the Agreement.
Knowledge ,” “ to the Knowledge of ” and words of like import mean (i) with respect to Sellers, the current actual knowledge of David Hoffman, James Rein and Brian Witherow without any duty of inquiry or investigation and (ii) with respect to Buyer, the current actual knowledge of Todd A. Chapman, Paul Faries and Jan Smidek without any duty of inquiry or investigation.
Land ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement.
Leased Real Property ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement.
Liabilities ” means any liabilities or obligations of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, liabilities based on negligence or strict liability whether known or unknown, liquidated or contingent, or any claims or demands based thereon or attributable thereto.

A- 4




Liquor Assets ” means the Liquor FF&E, Liquor License and Liquor Inventory.
Liquor Assets Escrow Deposit ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.11(c) of the Agreement.
Liquor Assets Bill of Sale ” means a duly executed bill of sale transferring to Buyer or Buyer’s permitted assignee the Liquor Assets, in a form to be agreed upon by the parties.
Liquor Assets Escrow ” means the escrow opened with the Liquor Assets Escrow Agent and established for the sale to Buyer of the Liquor Assets.
Liquor Assets Escrow Agent ” means Wilshire Escrow, Inc.
Liquor Assets Escrow Agreement ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.11(a) of the Agreement.
Liquor Assets Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.11(b).
Liquor FF&E ” means furnishings, fixtures and equipment necessary to the operation of restaurants, bars, kiosks and other facilities serving alcoholic beverages at the Real Property.
Liquor Inventory ” shall mean all alcoholic beverages on hand at the Business on the Effective Date, subject to such depletion and resupply as occur and are made in the normal course of business.
Liquor License ” shall have the meaning given in Section 1.11(a) of the Agreement.
Losses ” means all actions, suits, proceedings, hearings, investigations, charges, complaints, claims, demands, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, damages, dues, penalties, fines, costs, reasonable amounts paid in settlement, Liabilities, obligations, Taxes, liens, losses, interest, expenses, and fees, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.
Magnum ” shall have the meaning defined in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement.
Manuals ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(d) of the Agreement.
Marketing Materials ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(k) of the Agreement.
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, results of operations or financial condition of the Business as currently conducted or the Assets (taken as a whole); provided, however, that none of the following shall be deemed to constitute, and none of the following shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Material Adverse Effect: (a) any adverse change, event, development or effect arising from or relating to (1) general business or economic conditions, including such conditions related to the Business, (2) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military

A- 5



installation, equipment or personnel of the United States, (3) financial, banking or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index), (4) changes in United States generally accepted accounting principles, (5) changes in laws, rules, regulations, orders or other binding directives issued by any governmental entity (provided however that such clause (5) is not intended to diminish or impair any Buyer’s condition precedent hereunder relating to the RDA Ground Lease) or (6) the taking of any action contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby, (b) any existing event, occurrence or circumstance with respect to which Buyer has Knowledge as of the date hereof and (c) any adverse change in or effect on the Business that is cured by Sellers before the earlier of (1) the Closing Date and (2) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article 11 hereof.
Material Consents ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(f) of the Agreement.
Material Contracts ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.15 of the Agreement.
Multiemployer Plan ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.17(b) of the Agreement.
Neutral Accountant ” shall mean a nationally recognized accounting firm, selected by mutual agreement between the Buyer and Sellers.
Nonassignable Assets ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.10 of the Agreement.
Objection Deadline ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(c) of the Agreement.
Objection Notice ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(c) of the Agreement.
Objections ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(c) of the Agreement.
OFAC ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 12.16 of the Agreement.
Official Records ” mean the Official Records of Santa Clara County, California.
Outside Closing Date ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.7 of the Agreement.
Owned Real Property ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement.
PCBs ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.10(a)(iv) of the Agreement.
Parent Sale Agreement ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 11.1(d) of the Agreement.
Pension Plan ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.17(a) of the Agreement.
Permit Assignment ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(e)(v) of the Agreement.
Permits ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(e) of the Agreement.
Permitted Exceptions ” means (a) easements, agreements, rights of way, exceptions, reservations, utilities, roadways, encroachments, licenses, other matters of record, and any similar items,

A- 6



including any of the foregoing reflected on the Existing Survey or in a form of Title Policy issued by the Title Company, which do not either individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with the current use of the Real Property; (b) any and all present and future zoning restrictions, regulations, requirements, laws and ordinances of the City in which the Real Property lies and of boards, bureaus, commissions, departments and bodies of any County, State or Federal sovereign or other governmental authority now or hereafter having or acquiring jurisdiction of the Real Property or the use and improvement thereof (provided however that such clause (b) is not intended to diminish or impair any Buyer’s condition precedent hereunder relating to the RDA Ground Lease); (c) dedications, proposed or in existence, or any changes of grade, proposed or in existence; (d) statutory liens for current Taxes, if any, and other governmental charges for the current fiscal year, which are not yet due and payable; (e) those “standard exceptions” to the ALTA Extended Coverage form of title insurance policy contemplated in the definition of Title Policy; (f) parties in possession of all or part of the Real Property pursuant to any Contract or Tenant Lease which is listed on the Disclosure Schedules to this Agreement and assumed pursuant to the Contracts Assignment; (g) variations between the record lot lines of the Real Property and those shown on the tax map, if any; and (h) the terms and conditions of the RDA Ground Lease, as amended by the RDA Ground Lease Amendment.
Person ” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization, any other business entity, or governmental entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).
Personal Property Leases ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(f) of the Agreement.
Pre-Closing Environmental Liability ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.3(h) of the Agreement.
Prepaid Revenue ” means all proceeds from the sale of season passes or any other pre-sold tickets and any sponsorship or promotional payments received with respect to the 2011 and 2012 operating season of the Business.
Prop 8 Proceedings ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.9(a) of the Agreement.
Purchase ” shall have the meaning defined in Recital B of the Agreement.
Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.5 of the Agreement.
RDA ” means The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Santa Clara.
RDA Ground Lease ” means that certain Ground Lease with First Refusal Purchase Rights, dated as of June 1, 1989 , and recorded June 1, 1989 as Instrument No. 10131592 in the Official Records, by and between the RDA, as Lessor, and Kings Entertainment Company, a North Carolina corporation, predecessor in interest to Paramount Parks Inc., a Delaware corporation, which in turn is predecessor by name change to Southwest (“ PPI ”), as amended by (a) that certain First Amendment to Ground Lease with First Refusal Purchase Rights dated as of October 4, 1994 and recorded October 7, 1994 as Instrument No. 12678902 of the Official Records, between RDA and PPI, (b) that certain Second Amendment to Ground Lease dated as

A- 7



of March 18, 1997 and recorded March 25, 1997 as Instrument No. 13648418 of the Official Records, between RDA and PPI, and (c) that certain Third Amendment to Ground Lease dated as of May 25, 1999 and recorded July 8, 1999 as Instrument No. 14887081 of the Official Records, between RDA and PPI.
RDA Ground Lease Amendment ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(a) of the Agreement.
RDA Ground Lease Assignment ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(e)(ii) of the Agreement.
RDA Ground Lease Assignment Consent ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(a) of the Agreement.
RDA Ground Leased Real Property ” means the Premises, as defined in the RDA Ground Lease.
Real Property ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement.
Real Property Lease Assignment ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 8.2(e)(vi) of the Agreement.
Real Property Leases ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(g) of the Agreement.
Regular Employees ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 10.1(a) of the Agreement.
Related Real Property Rights ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement.
Resolution Period ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.8(c) of the Agreement.
Response Deadline ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(c) of the Agreement.
Response Notice ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(c) of the Agreement.
Review Period ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 7.2 of the Agreement.
Sale ” shall have the meaning defined in Recital B of the Agreement.
Scheduled Closing Date ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.7 of the Agreement.
Scheduled Liabilities ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.4 of the Agreement.
Seasonal Employees ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 10.1(a) of the Agreement.
Sellers ” shall have the meaning defined in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement.
Sellers’ Amendment Notice ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.8(c) of the Agreement.
Sellers’ Indemnified Persons ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.3 of the Agreement.

A- 8




Sellers’ Retained Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.2(a) of the Agreement.
Sellers’ Review Period ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.8(c) of the Agreement.
Social Media ” means Internet-based applications and websites allowing for the creation and exchange of user-generated content, including, without limitation, Twitter (including the web address http://twitter.com/#!/cagreatamerica); Facebook (including the web address https://www.facebook.com/cagreatamerica); and any “blog” or weblog” hosted by Seller or any of them [(including http://cfpl3.cagreatamerica.com/public/fun/blog/index.cfm)].
Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, that: (a) the sum of the assets of such Person, both at a fair valuation and at present fair salable value, exceeds its liabilities, including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, unliquidated, and disputed liabilities; (b) such Person has sufficient capital with which to conduct its business; and (c) such Person has not incurred debts, and does not intend to incur debts, beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, “debt” means any Liability on a claim, and “claim” means (i) a right to payment, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured or (ii) a right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured, or unsecured. With respect to any such contingent Liabilities, such Liabilities shall be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured Liability.
Southwest ” shall have the meaning defined in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement.
Survival Period ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.1 of the Agreement.
Tangible Personal Property ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.1(b) of the Agreement.
Tax ” means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental (including taxes under Code §59A), customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property (including water and sewer rents, and general and special assessments), personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.
Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.
Tax Period ” means any period for which Taxes are owed to a federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority, or for which a Tax Return is required to be filed by Sellers or Buyer.

A- 9




Tenant Lease ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.15(ix) of the Agreement.
Termination Payment ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 11.2(c) of the Agreement.
Threshold ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.2 of the Agreement.
Third-Party Claim ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 9.5(a) of the Agreement.
Title Report ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(a) of the Agreement.
Title Company ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(a) of the Agreement.
Title Documents ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(a) of the Agreement.
Title Policy ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.5(a) of the Agreement.
Transaction ” shall have the meaning defined in the Agreements Section on Page 1.
Transferred Employee ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 10.1(a) of the Agreement.
WARN Act ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 10.6 of the Agreement.
Welfare Plan ” shall have the meaning defined in Section 2.17(a) of the Agreement.


A- 10




Exhibit 3.1












SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page
 
 
 
ARTICLE I
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS..................................................
1
1.1

Domicile.................................................................................................
1
1.2

Name......................................................................................................
2
1.3

Registered Office and Agent: Principal Office......................................
2
1.4

Power of Attorney..................................................................................
2
1.5

Term........................................................................................................
3
 
 
 
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS................................................................................
3
2.1

Definitions.............................................................................................
3
 
 
 
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE.......................................................................................
11
3.1

Purpose..................................................................................................
11
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................................
11
4.1

General Partner.....................................................................................
11
4.2

Limited Partners....................................................................................
11
4.3

Additional Issuances of Units and Securities........................................
11
4.4

No Preemptive Rights............................................................................
12
4.5

Capital Accounts...................................................................................
12
4.6

Interest....................................................................................................
15
4.7

No Withdrawal......................................................................................
15
4.8

Loans from Partners..............................................................................
15
4.9

Splits and Combinations.......................................................................
15
 
 
 
ARTICLE V
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.....................................
16
5.1

Allocations for Capital Account Purposes............................................
16
5.2

Allocations for Tax Purposes................................................................
17
5.3

Distributions..............................................................................................
19
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS.................
21
6.1

Management..........................................................................................
21
6.2

Election of Board of Directors of General Partner by Limited Partners; Governance Matters..............................................................
22
6.3

Certificate of Limited Partnership........................................................
26
6.4

Reliance by Third Parties......................................................................
26
6.5

Rights of General Partner as Limited Partner......................................
27
6.6

Compensation and Reimbursement of General Partner........................
27
6.7

Outside Activities...................................................................................
27
6.8

Partnership Funds.................................................................................
28
6.9

Loans to or from General Partners; Contracts with Affiliates.............
28
6.10

Indemnification..........................................................................................
29
6.11

Liability of General Partner..................................................................
31



i



6.12

Resolution of Conflicts of Interest.........................................................
31
6.13

Other Matters Concerning General Partners.......................................
32
6.14

Title to Partnership Assets.....................................................................
32
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS.........
32
7.1

Limitation of Liability............................................................................
32
7.2

Management of Business.......................................................................
32
7.3

Outside Activities...................................................................................
32
7.4

Return of Capital...................................................................................
32
7.5

Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership........................
33
7.6

Rights of Special Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership...........
33
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS...............
34
8.1

Records and Accounting........................................................................
34
8.2

Fiscal Year.............................................................................................
34
8.3

Reports..................................................................................................
34
8.4

Other information..................................................................................
35
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS..............................................................................
35
9.1

Preparation of Tax Return.....................................................................
35
9.2

Tax Election...........................................................................................
35
9.3

Tax Controversies..................................................................................
35
9.4

Organizational Expenses.......................................................................
36
9.5

Taxation as a Partnership.....................................................................
36
9.6

Opinions Regarding Taxation as a Partnership....................................
36
9.7

Withholding...........................................................................................
36
 
 
 
ARTICLE X
PROHIBITIONS AND LIMITATIONS..........................................
36
10.1

Prohibitions and Limitations.................................................................
36
 
 
 
ARTICLE XI
TRANSFER OF INTEREST...........................................................
37
11.1

Transfer..................................................................................................
37
11.2

Transfer of Interests of General Partner...............................................
37
11.3

Transfer of Units...................................................................................
37
11.4

Transfer of Depositary Units.................................................................
37
11.5

Restrictions on Transfer.........................................................................
38
 
 
 
ARTICLE XII
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS........................................................
38
12.1

Existing Partners...................................................................................
38
12.2

Admission of Additional Limited Partners............................................
38
12.3

Admission of Successor General Partner..............................................
39
12.4

Amendment of Agreement and of Certificate of Limited Partnership...
39
 
 
 
ARTICLE XIII
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS........................
40
13.1

Withdrawal or Removal of General Partner.........................................
40
13.2

Withdrawal of Limited Partners............................................................
41
13.3

Continuation of Partnership.................................................................
41

ii



ARTICLE XIV
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION..........................................
41
14.1

Dissolution............................................................................................
41
14.2

Continuation of Business of Partnership after Dissolution..................
41
14.3

Liquidation............................................................................................
42
14.4

Distribution in Kind..............................................................................
43
14.5

Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership...............................
43
14.6

Reasonable Time for Winding Up..........................................................
43
14.7

Return of Capital...................................................................................
44
14.8

Capital Account Restoration.................................................................
44
14.9

Waiver of Partition................................................................................
44
 
 
 
ARTICLE XV
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE.......................................................
44
15.1

Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner.........................
44
15.2

Amendment Procedures.........................................................................
45
15.3

Amendment Requirements.....................................................................
45
15.4

Meetings................................................................................................
45
15.5

Notice of a Meeting...............................................................................
46
15.6

Record Date...........................................................................................
46
15.7

Adjournment..........................................................................................
46
15.8

Waiver of Notice; Consent to Meeting; Approval of Minutes...............
46
15.9

Quorum.................................................................................................
47
15.10

Conduct of Meeting...............................................................................
47
15.11

Action Without a Meeting......................................................................
47
15.12

Voting Rights.........................................................................................
48
 
 
 
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS..............................................................
48
16.1

Addresses and Notices...........................................................................
48
16.2

Titles and Captions................................................................................
49
16.3

Pronouns and Plurals............................................................................
49
16.4

Further Action.......................................................................................
49
16.5

Binding Effect........................................................................................
49
16.6

Integration.............................................................................................
49
16.7

Creditors................................................................................................
49
16.8

Waiver....................................................................................................
49
16.9

Counterparts...........................................................................................
49



iii



SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
WHEREAS, the Partnership was organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Minnesota on May 13, 1983 under the name “Cedar Fair Limited Partnership” by the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership and Limited Partnership Agreement in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota under file number LP-1167, which was amended and restated on July 22, 1983 by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership and Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, which was further amended by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership and Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement dated as of November 25, 1986, and which was amended and restated on December 30, 1986 by the filing of a Second Amended and Restated Certificate and Agreement of Limited Partnership (“Second Restated Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the Partners caused (i) the domicile of the Partnership to be changed from the State of Minnesota to the State of Delaware, and, (ii) the name of the Partnership to be changed from “Cedar Fair Limited Partnership” to “Cedar Fair, L.P.” by filing a Certificate of Limited Partnership in the State of Delaware, which certificate amended the Second Restated Agreement, effective as of March 4, 1987; and
WHEREAS, the Partners amended and restated in its entirety the Second Restated Agreement as of April 21, 1987 (“Third Restated Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the Partners amended and restated in its entirety the Third Restated Agreement as of March 5, 2004 (“Fourth Restated Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the Partners amended and restated in its entirety the Fourth Restated Agreement as of June 8, 2004 (“Fifth Restated Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the Partners now desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Fifth Restated Agreement, all as hereinafter provided:
NOW, THEREFORE, this SIXTHAMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP of Cedar Fair, L.P., dated as of October 27, 2011, is entered into by and among Cedar Fair Management, Inc. an Ohio corporation, as General Partner, and all Persons who are Limited Partners as of such date, together with the Persons who become Partners as provided herein.
ARTICLE I
Organizational Matters
1.1     Domicile . (a) The Partners hereby enter into this Agreement in order to set forth their rights and obligations and certain matters related thereto. Except as expressly provided

1



herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act.
(b)    A Partnership Interest shall be personal property for all purposes.
1.2     Name . The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, “Cedar Fair, L.P.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “limited partnership” or an abbreviation thereof shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction or for other general business purposes as the General Partner may deem appropriate. The General Partner in its sole discretion may change the name of the partnership at any time and from time to time.
1.3     Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at One Cedar Point Drive, Sandusky, Ohio 44870, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.
1.4     Power of Attorney . (a) Each Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and the Liquidator (and any successor to either thereof by merger, assignment, election or otherwise), and the authorized officers of each, with full power of substitution as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead:
(i)    to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments thereof that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems reasonable and appropriate or necessary to form or qualify, or to continue the qualification of, the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates and instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (C) all conveyances, certificates and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; (D) all certificates and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to Articles XI, XII or XIII; (E) all certificates and other instruments (including this Agreement and amendments and restatements hereof) relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges

2



of any class or series of Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3; and (F) all certificates and other instruments relating to the formation of subsidiaries;
(ii)    to execute, swear to and acknowledge all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder, which is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or which is appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement, provided that, when Section 15.3 or 15.9 or any other provision of this Agreement establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners required to take any action, the General Partner or the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 1.4(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval by a Majority Interest or other required percentage, as the case may be; and
(iii)    to enter into the Deposit Agreement and to deposit Certificates owned by any Partner in the Deposit Account pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XV or as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.
(b)    The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of his Partnership Interest and shall extend to such Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representations made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each Partner hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith pursuant thereto. Each Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of its request therefor, such further designations, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.
1.5     Term . The Partnership was formed under the laws of the State of Minnesota on May 13, 1983 and redomiciled under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 4, 1987. The Partnership shall continue as a limited partnership under the Delaware Act until the termination of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV.
ARTICLE II
Definitions
2.1     Definitions . The following definitions shall be applied for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, to the terms used in this Agreement.

3




“Additional Limited Partner” means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.2 and shown as a Limited Partner on the books and records of the Partnership.
“Adjusted Capital Account” means, as of the last day of a taxable period, a Partner’s Capital Account as maintained pursuant to Section 4.5(a), (a) increased by any amounts which such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulation §§1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) and (b) decreased by the items described in Regulation §§1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 5 ) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 6 ). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
“Adjusted Property” means any property, the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(i) or 4.5(d)(ii).
“Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person in question. As used in this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt. The General Partner shall, in its discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties transferred to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property
“Agreement” means this Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership.
“Assignee” means a Person to whom one or more Units have been transferred, by assignment of a Depositary Receipt or otherwise in a manner permitted under this Agreement, and who has delivered a Transfer Application to the Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement but who has not become an Additional Limited Partner.
“Available Cash” means (a) operating revenues of the Partnership, (including interest income, if any), less (b) the sum of (i) operating costs of the Partnership, (ii) payments of principal and interest on debt (including net scheduled and optional principal payments, excluding any amounts refinanced), (iii) provisions for the Fixed Asset Reserve, the Working Capital Reserve, provision for taxes, if any, and such other cash reserves from operating revenues as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate and (iv) capital expenditures to the extent not made out of the Fixed Asset Reserve. In computing Available Cash, no deduction shall be made for depreciation and amortization. For purposes of the computation, operating revenues shall not include Capital Transaction Proceeds, and operating costs shall include all ongoing costs of the Partnership and allocated general and administrative costs.

4




“Book-Tax Disparity” means, with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of any date of determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of such date, and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes, as of such date. A Partner’s or Assignee’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s or Assignee’s Capital Account balance, as maintained pursuant to Section 4.5, and such balance had the Capital Account been maintained strictly in accordance with tax accounting principles.
“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the Government of the United States or the State of Delaware, New York or Ohio shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner or Assignee pursuant to Section 4.5(a).
“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or Contributed Property which a Partner contributes to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3.
“Capital Transaction” means any of the following transactions: (a) a sale, refinancing, repayment, exchange, transfer, assignment or other disposition of all or a portion of any asset (but not including occasional sales in the ordinary course of business of inventory, furniture, fixtures and equipment); (b) any condemnation or deeding in lieu of condemnation of all or a portion of any asset; (c) any collection in respect of property, hazard or casualty insurance (but not rental or other income interruption insurance), unless such insurance proceeds are to be reinvested to replace the lost or damaged property, or any damage award; or (d) any other transaction the proceeds of which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are considered to be capital in nature.
“Capital Transaction Proceeds” means the net proceeds attributable to a Capital Transaction, determined after any repayments of Debt made, or expenses incurred, in connection with such Capital Transaction.
“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation (as calculated pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(ii)) with respect to such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as the case may be, and (b) with respect to any other property the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes, as of any date of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.5(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions, acquisitions or improvements of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.
“Certificate” means a non-negotiable certificate issued by the Partnership, substantially in the form of Annex I hereto, which is made a part hereof for all purposes, evidencing ownership of a limited partner Partnership Interest.

5




“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
“Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if: (a) any person or group (as such term is defined in section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as then in effect), other than the Partnership or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Partnership, shall acquire, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as then in effect) of more than twenty percent (20%), on a fully diluted basis, of the economic or voting interest in the Partnership’s then Outstanding Units, other than the acquisition of Units from the Partnership or by virtue of a merger or consolidation to which the Partnership is a party, (b) a merger or consolidation of the Partnership with any other Person, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Units of the Partnership Outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining Outstanding or by being converted or exchanged for voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its parent corporation) more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest of the partnership interests or other voting securities of the Partnership or such surviving or resulting entity outstanding after such merger or consolidation, or (c) the liquidation of the Partnership or an agreement or agreements for the sale or disposition by the Partnership of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.
“Contributed Property” means each property or other asset contributed to the Partnership, but excluding cash contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property for purposes of Section 5.2(b) but shall thereafter constitute an Adjusted Property for such purposes.
“Debt” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (b) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person, (c) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, and (d) lease obligations of such Person which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, should be capitalized.
“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. § 17-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
“Deposit Account” means the account established by the Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.

6




“Deposit Agreement” means that agreement among the General Partner, in its capacity both as General Partner and as attorney-in-fact of holders of Depositary Units, the Partnership and the Depositary, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
“Depositary” means the bank or other institution appointed by the General Partner in its sole discretion to act as depositary for the Depositary Units pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, or any successor to it as depositary.
“Depositary Receipt” means a depositary receipt, issued by the Depositary or agents appointed by the Depositary in accordance with the Deposit Agreement, evidencing ownership of one or more Depositary Units.
“Depositary Unit” means a depositary unit representing a Unit on deposit with the Depositary pursuant to the Depositary Agreement.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor to such statute.
“Fiscal Period” means each full calendar year or any period from the commencement of the calendar year during which the Partnership is wound up (including the application or distribution of all the assets pursuant to Article XIV) to the date of such final winding up.
“Fixed Asset Reserve” means the reserve to be established by the Partnership for fixed asset improvement and additional purposes pursuant to Section 6.1(d).
“General Partner” means Cedar Fair Management, Inc. and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
“Governance Documents” means the articles of incorporation, code of regulations or equivalent governance documents of the General Partner.
“Indemnitee” means the General Partner and its Affiliates and any partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof, any officer, employee or agent of the Partnership or its Affiliates; and the trustee under the Trust Agreement (as defined in Section 6.2(b)(vi)).
“Limited Partner” means each Person who is shown as a limited partner of the Partnership on the books and records of the Partnership.
“Limited Partner Book Capital” means, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to the sum of the balances of the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, determined pursuant to Section 4.5 (prior to any adjustment pursuant to Section 4.5(d) requiring such valuation).
“Limited Partner Revaluation Adjustment” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, whether positive or negative, equal to (a) the product of (i) the total number of Units Outstanding multiplied by (ii) the Unit Price less (b) Limited Partner Book Capital.
“Liquidator” means the General Partner, or, if the General Partner has withdrawn or been removed from the Partnership or has dissolved or become bankrupt (as defined in Section 14.1),

7




the Person or committee approved by a Majority Interest to liquidate the Partnership pursuant to Section 14.3.
“Majority Interest” means the Record Holders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Units Outstanding at any particular time.
“NASDAQ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.
“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act.
“Net Agreed Value” means (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any indebtedness or liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property currently distributed to a Partner pursuant to Section 5.3 or distributed in liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Sections 14.3 and 14.4, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property at the time such property is distributed (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d) immediately prior to such distribution), reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner and who shall be acceptable to the General Partner) in form and substance acceptable to the Partnership or the General Partner.
“Outstanding” means (a) as to undeposited Units, the number of undeposited Units shown to be outstanding on the books and records of the Partnership and not deposited in the Deposit Account pursuant to the Deposit Agreement and (b) as to Depositary Units, the number of Depositary Units shown to be outstanding on the books and records of the Depositary.
“Partner” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner.
“Partnership” means the limited partnership as continued pursuant to this Agreement, including, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all subsidiaries of the Partnership.
“Partnership Interest” means the interest of a Partner or Assignee in the Partnership.
“Partnership Revaluation Adjustment” means, as of any date of determination, the amount, whether positive or negative, equal to the Limited Partner Revaluation Adjustment divided by 99.999%.
“Percentage Interest” means (a) as to the General Partner, 0.001%, and (b) as to any Limited Partner or Assignee, the product of (i) 99.999% multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s Units and the denominator of which is the total number of Units Outstanding as of the date of determination.

8




“Person” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.
“Prescribed Asset Value” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the total cash amount or Carrying Value, as the case may be, of all Partnership assets as of such date of determination plus (b) the Partnership Revaluation Adjustment (whether positive or negative in amount).
“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership that does not constitute capital gain for federal income tax purposes because such gain represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.
“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner for determining the identity of (a) Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Limited Partners, to vote by ballot or approve of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or to exercise rights in respect of any other lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) Record Holders of Units entitled to receive any report, notice or distribution.
“Record Holder” means (a) as to a Unit which is not on deposit pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, the Person shown as the owner of such Unit on the books and records of the Partnership, (b) as to a Depositary Unit, the Person in whose name the Depositary Units are registered on the books and records of the Depositary and (c) as to a general partner Partnership Interest, the Person shown as the owner of such Partnership Interest on the books and records of the Partnership.
“Regulation” or “Regulations” means the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
“Residual Gain” or “Residual Loss” means any net gain or net loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, to the extent such net gain or net loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i)(1) or 5.2(b)(ii)(1) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor to such statute.
“Transfer Agent” means the Depositary or any bank, trust company or other Person appointed by the Partnership or the Depositary to act as transfer agent for the Depositary Units.
“Unadjusted Capital Account” means a Capital Account maintained for a Partner in accordance with Section 4.5(a) but without regard to any adjustment directly or indirectly resulting from the application of Section 4.5(d).

9




“Unit” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner or Assignee representing such fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees as shall be determined by the General Partner pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 4.3; provided that each Unit at any time Outstanding shall represent the same fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees as each other Unit (unless any class or series of Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a) shall have designations, preferences or special rights such that a Unit of such class or series shall represent a greater or lesser part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees than a Unit of any other class or series of Units, in which event the Partnership Interest represented by a Unit of such class or series shall be determined in accordance with such designations, preferences and special rights as are fixed by the General Partner pursuant to Section 4.3(a)). Unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, “Units” includes Depositary Units.
“Unit Price” means, as of any date of determination, (a) if the Depositary Units are listed or admitted to trading on one or more National Securities Exchanges, the average of the last reported sale prices per Depositary Unit regular way or, in case no such reported sale has taken place on any such day, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices per Depositary Unit regular way, in either case on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the Depositary Units are listed or admitted to trading, for the four trading days immediately preceding the date of determination, (b) if the Depositary Units are not listed or admitted to trading on a National Securities Exchange but are quoted by NASDAQ, the average of the closing bid per Depositary Unit for the four trading days immediately preceding such date of determination, as furnished by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated or such other nationally recognized quotation service as may be selected by the General Partner for such purpose if said Bureau is not at the time furnishing quotations or (c) if the Depositary Units are neither listed for trading on a National Securities Exchange nor quoted by NASDAQ an amount equal to the fair market value of a Unit as of such date as determined by the General Partner using any reasonable method of valuation.
“Unrealized Gain” attributable to a Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the fair market value of such property (as determined pursuant to Section 4.5(d)) as of such date of determination over the Carrying Value of such property as of such date of determination (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.5(d) as of such date).
“Unrealized Loss” attributable to a Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of the Carrying Value of such property as of such date of determination (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.5(d) as of such date) over the fair market value of such property (as determined pursuant to Section 4.5(d)) as of such date of determination.
“Working Capital Reserve” means the reserve to the established by the Partnership for working capital purposes pursuant to Section 6.1(d).

10




ARTICLE III
Purpose
3.1     Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to conduct any business which may lawfully be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act.
ARTICLE IV
Capital Contributions
4.1     General Partner . The General Partner shall not be required to contribute to the capital of the Partnership except as may be necessary to pay liabilities of the Partnership for which provision cannot otherwise be made. The General Partner shall at all times while serving in such capacity retain a Percentage Interest entitling it, except as otherwise provided in Article V, to at least .001% participation in the Partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions and credits, but only for so long as the General Partner continues in such capacity.
4.2     Limited Partners . The Limited Partners own Units as set forth on the books and records of the Partnership.
4.3     Additional Issuances of Units and Securities . (a) Subject to Section 4.3(b), in order to raise additional capital or to acquire assets, to redeem or retire Partnership debt, to provide compensation or incentives to employees of the Partnership or of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, the General Partner, or for any other Partnership purposes, the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue up to 750 million Units and options or other rights to acquire Units for any price, including a price that is more than or less than the fair market value of the Units at the time such options or other rights are either issued or exercised, at any time or from time to time to the General Partner, the Limited Partners, or other Persons and to admit them to the Partnership as Additional Limited Partners. Subject to Section 4.3(b), the General Partner shall have sole and complete discretion in determining the consideration and terms and conditions with respect to any future issuance of Units or options or other rights to acquire Units. In addition, the General Partner shall have sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partners, to cause the Partnership to issue such Units, options or other rights to acquire Units, from time to time in one or more classes, or one or more series of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior or subordinate to existing classes and series of Limited Partners, as shall be fixed by the General Partner in the exercise of its sole and complete discretion, including, without limitation, (i) the allocation of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Units to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) the price at which and the terms and conditions, if any, upon which each such class or series of Units may be redeemed by the Partnership; (v) the rate at which and the terms and conditions upon which each such class or series of Units may be converted into another class or series of Units of the Partnership, if any such class or series is convertible into other securities of the Partnership; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each such class or

11



series of Units will be issued, deposited with the Depositary, evidenced by the Depositary Receipts and assigned or transferred, (vii) the right of each such class or series of Units to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of each such class or series; and (viii) the right of each such class or series of Units to share in capital or to require the increase or reduction of Capital Accounts or the shifting of capital between and among Limited Partners. Upon or prior to the issuance of any class or series of Units which shall not be identical to the Units outstanding on the date hereof, the General Partner, without the approval at the time of any Limited Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement, each Limited Partner hereby approving any and each such amendment, and, exercising the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 1.4(a)(i)(E), may execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record such documents as the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith in order to reflect the authorization and issuance of each such class or series of Units or options or rights to acquire Units and the relative rights and preferences thereof. The General Partner is also authorized to cause the Partnership to issue any other type of security (including, without limitation, secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into or exchangeable for any class or series of Units that may be issued by the Partnership or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to any class or series of Units, any debt obligations or any combination of any of the foregoing) from time to time to the General Partner, the Limited Partners or other Persons on terms and conditions established in the sole and complete discretion of the General Partner. The General Partner shall do all things it deems to be appropriate or necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things it deems to be appropriate or necessary in connection with any such future issuance, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any securities exchange on which the Units or other such security are listed for trading.
(b)    The General Partner or any Affiliate thereof may, but is not obligated to, make Capital Contributions to the Partnership in the form of cash or other property in exchange for Units. The number of Units issued to the General Partner or any such Affiliate in exchange for any Capital Contribution shall not exceed the Net Agreed Value of the Contributed Property or the amount of cash, as the case may be, divided by the Unit Price as of the date of such issuance. The Net Agreed Value of any obligation of the Partnership held by the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof which is contributed pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) in exchange for Units shall be the unpaid principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of contribution.
4.4     No Preemptive Rights . No Partner shall have any preemptive or preferential right, including any such right with respect to (a) additional Capital Contributions; (b) issuance or sale of Units; (c) issuance of any obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of the Partnership convertible into or exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase or subscribe to, Units; (d) issuance of any right of, subscription to or right to receive, or any warrant or option for the purchase of, any of the foregoing securities; or (e) issuance or sale of any other securities that may be issued or sold by the Partnership.
4.5     Capital Accounts . (a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner a separate Capital Account in accordance with Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be (A) increased by (1) the cash amount or Net Agreed Value of all Capital Contributions made

12



by such Partner to the Partnership, pursuant to this Agreement and (2) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated to such Partner, pursuant to Section 5.1 and (B) decreased by (1) the cash amount or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made to such Partner, pursuant to this Agreement and (2) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated to such Partner, pursuant to Section 5.1.
(b)    For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, deduction or loss to be reflected in a Partner’s Capital Account, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided that:
(i)    Solely for purposes of the application of the provisions hereof, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share of all property owned by any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity in which the Partnership has an interest (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the governing documents of such entity).
(ii)    In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to a Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 4.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived under the same method and useful life as is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided , however, that if the asset has a zero adjusted basis, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined under the same method that would otherwise have applied for federal income tax purposes had such property not had a zero adjusted basis.
(iii)    Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any property shall be determined by the Partnership as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.
(iv)    Items described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code shall be treated as items of deduction. All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B).

13




(v)    Except as otherwise provided in Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code.
(c)    A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to the Capital Account relating to the Partnership Interest transferred.
(d) (i)    Consistent with the provisions of Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ), upon an issuance of additional Units for cash or Contributed Property pursuant to Section 4.3, the Capital Accounts of all Partners shall, immediately prior to such issuance, be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upwards or downwards to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to each Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of each such property, immediately prior to such issuance, and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 5.1. In determining Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including any cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of Units shall be deemed to be equal to the Prescribed Asset Value as of such time. Once the Prescribed Asset Value has been determined, the General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the properties of the Partnership in a manner it deems reasonable to determine a fair market value for individual properties. The Carrying Values of Partnership properties shall be adjusted to reflect their relative fair market values, as determined hereunder by the General Partner.
(ii)    In accordance with Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ), immediately prior to (A) the distribution of any Partnership property (other than cash), (B) the distribution of cash in redemption of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 13.1(c) or (C) the distribution of cash in redemption of a Limited Partner’s interest pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(x), the Capital Accounts of all Partners shall, immediately prior to any such distribution, be adjusted (consistent with the provisions hereof) upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to each Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized upon an actual sale of each property, immediately prior to such distribution, and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 5.1. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of Partnership assets (including any cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (x) in the case of a current distribution pursuant to Section 5.3 or 13.1(c), be determined in the manner provided in Section 4.5(d)(i) or (y) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 14.3 or 14.4, be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it may adopt. Immediately prior to a distribution described herein, the Carrying Values of Partnership properties shall be adjusted to reflect their fair market values, as determined hereunder by the General Partner.
(e)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon or prior to the issuance or exercise of any options or other rights to acquire Units, the General Partner shall have the sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partner, to amend any provision of this Section 4.5, in any manner, as is necessary, appropriate or advisable to comply with any current or future provisions of the Code or the Regulations or to implement the terms

14



and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a), including the increase or reduction of the Capital Account of any Partner, or shifting capital between or among Limited Partners.
4.6     Interest . No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions or on balances in Capital Accounts.
4.7     No Withdrawal . A Partner shall not be entitled to withdraw any part of his or its Capital Contribution or his or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Section 5.3 and Articles XIII and XIV.
4.8     Loans from Partners . The General Partner may make loans to the Partnership only as provided in Section 6.8. A Limited Partner may make loans to the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. Any loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Partner or Assignee shall advance funds to the Partnership in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by him or it to the capital of the Partnership, the making of such advances shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Partner. The amounts of any such advances shall be a debt of the Partnership to such Partner or Assignee and shall be payable or collectible only out of the Partnership assets in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such advances are made.
4.9     Splits and Combinations . (a) The General Partner may cause the Partnership to make a distribution in Units to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Units, but in each case only on a pro rata basis so that, after such distribution, subdivision or combination, each Partner and Assignee shall, subject to Section 4.9(d), have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such distribution, subdivision or combination.
(b)    Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice of the distribution, subdivision or combination at least twenty (20) days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Units to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the correctness of such a calculation.
(c)    Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the General Partner may cause Certificates or Depositary Receipts to be issued to the Record Holders of Units or Depositary Units as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Units or Depositary Units held by such Record Holder, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures as it may deem appropriate to reflect such distribution, subdivision or combination; provided that in the event any such distribution, subdivision or combination results in a smaller total number of Units Outstanding, the General Partner shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate or Depositary Receipt, the surrender of any Certificate or Depositary Receipt held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

15




(d)    The Partnership shall not be required to issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. In the event any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 4.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit.
ARTICLE V
Allocations and Distributions
5.1     Allocations for Capital Account Purposes . (a) For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.1, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b)) shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(b)    Any item of loss or deduction otherwise allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a) which is in excess of such General Partner’s positive Adjusted Capital Account balance (following adjustment of such Adjusted Capital Account to reflect the allocation of all other items for such period) shall instead be allocated to the Limited Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests to the extent such item of loss or deduction exceeds such General Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance; provided that the allocation of any such item of loss or deduction to the Limited Partners shall only be made hereunder to the extent such allocation would not result in or increase a negative balance in the Adjusted Capital Account of any Limited Partner. If any item of loss or deduction otherwise allocated to the General Partner is allocated to the Limited Partners pursuant to the preceding sentence, items of income or gain that would otherwise be allocated to such General Partner equal to the amount of such loss or deduction shall be allocated to the Limited Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests as quickly as possible.
(c)    If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Regulation §§1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 5 ) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 6 ), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible. This Section 5.1(c) is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ).
(d)(i)    Subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulation §§1.704-2(f)(2)--(5), if there is a net decrease in Partnership “minimum gain” (as defined in Regulation §§1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d)) during any Fiscal Period, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in minimum gain, determined in accordance with Regulation §1.704-2(g)(2). This Section 5.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulation §§1.704-2(b)(2) and (f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

16




(ii)    Subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulation §1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” (as defined in Regulation §§1.704-2(i) and 1.704-2(b)(4)) during any Fiscal Period, each Partner who has a share of the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain, determined in accordance with Regulation §1.704-2(i)(3), shall be specially allocated items of income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain, determined in accordance with Regulation §1.704-2(i)(5). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulation §1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(e)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon or prior to the issuance or exercise of any options or other rights to acquire Units, the General Partner shall have the sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partner, to amend any provision of this Section 5.1, in any manner, as is necessary, appropriate or advisable to comply with any current or future provisions of the Code or the Regulations or to implement the terms and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a).
5.2     Allocations for Tax Purposes . (a) For federal income tax purposes, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.2, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(b)    In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:
(i) (1) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution. (2) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2(c), any items of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.
(ii) (1) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items attributable thereto shall (A) first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(i) or 4.5(d)(ii), and (B) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 5.2(b)(i)(1). (2) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2(c), any items of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.
(iii)    Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.2(b)(iv) and 5.2(c), all other items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

17




(iv)    Any items of income, gain, loss or deduction otherwise allocable under Section 5.2(b)(i)(2), 5.2(b)(ii)(2) or 5.2(b)(iii) shall be subject to allocation by the General Partner in a manner designed to eliminate, to the maximum extent possible, Book-Tax Disparities in a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property otherwise resulting from the application of the ceiling limitation (under Section 704(c) of the Code or Section 704(c) principles) to the allocations provided under Section 5.2(b)(i)(1) or 5.2(b)(ii)(1).
(c)    Subject to Section 5.2(b), any item of income, gain, loss or deduction otherwise allocable to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.2(a) that constitutes the tax corollary of an item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction that has been allocated to the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 5.1(b) shall be allocated to the Limited Partners in the same manner and to the same extent provided in Section 5.1 (b).
(d)    If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ), items of income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner consistent with the allocations of income and gain pursuant to Section 5.1(c).
(e)    If there is a decrease in Partnership “minimum gain” or “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” as described in Section 5.1(j), items of income and gain shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner consistent with the allocation of income and gain pursuant to Section 5.1(j).
(f)    It is intended that the allocations prescribed in Sections 5.2(b)(i) and 5.2(b)(ii) constitute allocations for federal income tax purposes that are consistent with Section 704 of the Code and comply with any limitations or restrictions therein. To preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of Units to implement the terms and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a), or to comply with any current or future provisions of the Code and Regulations, in addition to the allocation provided in Section 5.2(b)(iv), the General Partner shall have sole and complete discretion, without the approval of any other Partner, to (i) adopt such conventions as it deems necessary or appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation and cost recovery deductions and (ii) amend the provisions of this Agreement, in any manner, as necessary, appropriate or advisable (1) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Regulations under Subchapter K of the Code, (2) otherwise to preserve the uniformity of Units issued or sold from time to time or (3) to implement the terms and conditions of any Units issued pursuant to Section 4.3(a). The General Partner may adopt such conventions and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.2(f) only if they would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners, except as provided in the terms and conditions of any Units or options or other rights to acquire Units. The General Partner is authorized, based on the advice of counsel, to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property which is a recovery property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation method and useful life applied to the Partnership’s common basis of such property, despite the inconsistency of such approach with Proposed Regulation Section 1.168-2(n). If the General Partner later determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt, if deemed a reasonable position based upon advice of counsel, a depreciation convention under which all purchasers acquiring Units in the same month would

18



receive depreciation, whether attributable to common basis or Section 743(b) basis, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other reasonable depreciation convention to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Units that would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners. If the General Partner determines, based upon advice of counsel, that no reasonably allowable convention or other method is available to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any specifically identifiable group of Units pursuant to this Section 5.2(j), such Units will be separately identified, to the extent practicable, as distinct classes to reflect intrinsic differences in tax consequences, regardless of the cause of any such nonuniformity.
(g)    To the extent of any Recapture Income resulting from the sale or other taxable disposition of Partnership assets, the amount of any gain from such disposition allocated to (or recognized by) a Partner (or his successor in interest) for federal income tax purposes pursuant to the above provisions shall be deemed to be Recapture Income to the extent such Partner has been allocated or has claimed any deduction directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gain as Recapture Income.
(h)    All items of income, gain, loss and deduction recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership; provided that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted as necessary or appropriate to take into account those adjustments permitted by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
(i)    Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit attributable to a transferred Partnership Interest shall, for federal income tax purposes, be determined on an annual basis and prorated on a monthly basis (or other basis, as required or permitted by Section 706 of the Code) and shall be allocated to the Partners who own Partnership Interests as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the last day of the month in which the transfer is recognized by the Partnership; provided that, gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of all or a substantial portion of the assets of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners who own Partnership Interests as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the last day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of determination and allocation as it determines necessary, to the extent permitted by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.
(j)    Allocations which would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article V shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of the applicable Units, if the Partnership is notified in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner as to the identity of such beneficial owner by any broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation or nominee holder that is the Record Holder of such Units.
5.3     Distributions . (a) The General Partner shall, in accordance with the provisions hereof, cause the Partnership to make regular cash distributions on a quarterly basis of all of the Partnership’s Available Cash and, to the extent set forth in Section 5.3(b), cash distributions of

19



Capital Transaction Proceeds and shall specify the Record Date for such distributions. All Available Cash shall be deemed distributed in any Fiscal Period prior to any distribution of Capital Transaction Proceeds. Any such amounts shall be distributed as soon as possible after the Record Date for such distribution and shall be divided among the Partners on the Record Date in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(b)    Upon the occurrence in any Fiscal Period of any one or more Capital Transactions, the General Partner shall be required to make a cash distribution from the Capital Transaction proceeds in accordance with paragraph (i) hereinbelow and may, in its sole discretion, distribute additional Capital Transaction Proceeds in accordance with paragraph (ii) hereinbelow.
(i)    The General Partner shall determine the net gain or loss recognized for federal income tax purposes from each Capital Transaction and shall then determine the portion of the net gain or net loss from each Capital Transaction allocable to all Limited Partners holding Units in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2. Once having done so, the General Partner shall aggregate the net gains and net losses allocable to Limited Partners holding Units (taking into account the character of any such gains and losses) to determine any “net capital gain” from such Capital Transactions (to the extent capital gains exceed capital losses from those Capital Transactions resulting in capital gains or losses) and any “net ordinary income” from such Capital Transactions (to the extent ordinary income exceeds ordinary losses from those Capital Transactions resulting in ordinary income or losses). The General Partner shall then divide the amount of any such “net capital gains” and “net ordinary income” by the number of the Outstanding Units, as of the date of such Capital Transaction and, solely for purposes hereof, attribute an equal amount of “net capital gain” and “net ordinary income” to each Outstanding Unit, as of such date. The General Partner shall then cause the Partnership to distribute Capital Transaction Proceeds to the Partners, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until an amount has been distributed pursuant hereto with respect to each Outstanding Unit equal to 125% of the federal income tax liability that would be due with respect to the “net capital gain” and “net ordinary income” attributed to each Outstanding Unit pursuant to the preceding sentence (assuming for such purpose that the maximum marginal federal income tax rates for individuals, relating to either long-term capital gain or ordinary income, whichever the case may be, applied to all holders of Units at the time of such recognition).
(ii)    The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, cause the Partnership to distribute any or all of the remaining Capital Transaction Proceeds to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(c)    Any amounts paid pursuant to Section 6.6 shall not be deemed to be distributions for purposes of this Agreement.

20




ARTICLE VI
Management and Operation of Business
6.1     Management . (a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and exercise full control over all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right of control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership except in their capacities as officers, directors or members of the General Partner. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation, (i) the making of any expenditures, the borrowing of money, the guaranteeing of indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness and the incurring of any obligations it deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership; (ii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership and the merger of the Partnership with or into another entity; (iii) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose and on any terms it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership, the lending of funds to other Persons and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership; (iv) the negotiation and execution of any terms deemed desirable in its sole discretion and the performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments that it considers useful or necessary to the conduct of the Partnership’s operations or the implementation of its powers under this Agreement; (v) the distribution of Partnership cash; (vi) the selection and dismissal of employees and attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring; (vii) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary; (viii) the formation of any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable; (ix) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including, without limitation, the conduct of litigation, the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation; (x) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Units, and the cancellation of acquired Units, at such times and on such terms as it deems to be in the best interests of the Partnership and the Partners; (xi) the entering into of leases for real or personal property or agreements in connection with sale and lease-back transactions; and (xii) the execution of the Depositary Agreement.
(b)    Each of the Partners hereby approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance of the Deposit Agreement and agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters contemplated therein on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners of the Partnership, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation. The participation by the General Partner in any agreement authorized or permitted by this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by such

21



General Partner of any duty that it may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners under this Agreement or applicable law.
(c)    The General Partner shall cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain to the extent available on a commercially reasonable basis (i) casualty and liability insurance on the properties of the Partnership and (ii) liability insurance for the General Partner and the Indemnitees hereunder.
(d)    The General Partner shall cause the Partnership to maintain Working Capital Reserves and Fixed Asset Reserves in such amounts as the General Partner deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.
6.2     Election of Board of Directors of General Partner by Limited Partners; Governance Matters.
(a)    The General Partner and the Partnership shall hold an annual meeting of the Limited Partners for the purpose of electing the board of directors of the General Partner. The annual meeting of Limited Partner unitholders shall be held at such time and on such business day as the General Partner may determine each year. The annual meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Partnership or at such other place within or without the state of Delaware as the General Partner may determine.
(b)    The annual meeting described in Section 6.2(a) above is intended to enable the Limited Partners to elect the board of directors of the General Partner in a manner consistent with the procedures for selection of directors at other successful publicly held entities. In furtherance of this goal, the General Partner hereby agrees to cause its Governance Documents to provide for the following:
(i)    The General Partner shall call and hold an annual meeting of the Limited Partners to be held simultaneously with the annual meeting of its shareholders. The General Partner shall cause the persons receiving the greatest number of votes at the Limited Partners' meeting to be installed as the board of directors of the General Partner.
(ii)    The directors of the General Partner shall be divided into three (3) classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III, as nearly equal in size as possible, and one of the classes shall be elected for a three-year term of office at each annual meeting of Limited Partners.
(iii)    Except as otherwise provided by law, all the directors or all of a particular class, or any individual director, may be removed from office without assigning any cause, by the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least eighty percent (80%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners.
(iv)    The board of directors of the General Partner shall have the same fiduciary obligation to the Limited Partners of the Partnership as it has to its shareholders.

22




(v)    Any duties and responsibilities of the board of directors of the General Partner to its shareholders shall be discharged if the board of directors of the General Partner fulfills its duties and responsibilities to the Limited Partners.
(vi)    As a condition precedent to qualification to serve as General Partner of the Partnership, the General Partner shall be required and does hereby agree to be structured such that its units or shares are held in trust pursuant to a trust agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) that obligates the trustee to vote the units or shares in accordance with the results of the vote of the unitholders at the annual meeting described in Section 6.2(a) above.
(vii)    The provisions of the Governance Documents implementing the foregoing provisions shall not be amended or changed without the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least eighty percent (80%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners.
(c)    The General Partner hereby agrees that, in the event of any breach of the provisions of this Section 6.2, money damages may not be a sufficient remedy, and the Limited Partners shall therefore be entitled to equitable relief, including in the form of injunctions and orders for specific performance and without the necessity of posting any bond.
(d)    Nomination of Directors by Limited Partners at Annual Meetings
(i)    Nominations. Any Limited Partner may nominate one or more persons for election or reelection to the Board at an annual meeting of Limited Partners in accordance with this Section 6.2(d).
(ii)    Eligibility of Limited Partner Nominations. The requirements set forth herein shall be the exclusive means for a Limited Partner to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board. No person nominated by a Limited Partner shall be eligible to serve as a director of the General Partner unless nominated at an annual meeting of Limited Partners in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Limited Partner shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to any such nominations; provided , however , that any references in this Agreement to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations pursuant to this Section 6.2(d). The Chairman of the General Partner shall have the sole power to determine whether or not a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall be required to recommend for election as a director or include in the Partnership’s proxy statement any person or persons nominated by a Limited Partner in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.
(iii)      Timeliness of Notice.
(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board at the Partnership’s annual meeting of Limited Partners may be made by any Limited Partner who is a Limited

23



Partner of record at the time of giving of notice provided for herein, who shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors at the Partnership’s annual meeting of Limited Partners, who is a Limited Partner at the time of the applicable annual meeting of Limited Partners and who complies with the notice procedures set forth herein. Such nominations by Limited Partners shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Partnership. To be timely, a Limited Partner’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Partnership not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of Limited Partners; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Partnership no later than the later of seventy (70) days prior to the date of the meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting was made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of Limited Partners, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a Limited Partner’s notice as described above.
(b) In addition, to be timely, a Limited Partner’s notice shall further be updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the annual meeting of Limited Partners and as of the date that is ten (10) days prior to such meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary of the Partnership at the principal executive offices of the Partnership not later than five (5) days after the record date for the meeting in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date, and not later than eight (8) days prior to the date for such meeting, any adjournment or postponement thereof in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.
(iv)     Information Required in Notice. In order to be effective, a Limited Partner’s notice to the secretary of the Partnership shall set forth:
a. As to each person whom the Limited Partner proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director:
the name, age, business address and residence of such nominee;
the principal occupation or employment of such nominee;
the class and approximate number of units of the Partnership which are beneficially owned by such nominee on the date of such Limited Partner’s notice;
a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such

24



Limited Partner and any Limited Partner Associated Person (as defined below), on the one hand, and such nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the Limited Partner making the nomination, or any Limited Partner Associated Person, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and
all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (including, without limitation, such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected).
b. As to the Limited Partner giving the notice:
a representation that the Limited Partner (a) is a holder of record of units of the Partnership entitled to vote at such meeting, including the class and number of units of such unit that are owned beneficially and of record by such Limited Partner, and (b) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice;
the name and address, as they appear on the Partnership’s books, of such Limited Partner and any Limited Partner Associated Person known by such Limited Partner to be supporting such nominee(s);
any derivative positions with respect to securities of the Partnership (including, without limitation, any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion right or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class of units of the Partnership or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class of units of the Partnership) held or beneficially held by the Limited Partner and any Limited Partner Associated Person and whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding has been made, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power and/or economic benefit and risks of, such Limited Partner or any Limited Partner Associated Person with respect to the Partnership’s units;
any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such Limited Partner or any Limited Partner Associated Person has a right to vote any class of units of the Partnership;

25




an affirmative statement of such Limited Partner’s intent to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the Partnership’s voting units to elect such nominee or nominees or a statement that the Limited Partner does not intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the Partnership’s voting units to elect such nominee or nominees; and
all other information relating to such Limited Partner and any Limited Partner Associated Person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(v)    Additional Information. The General Partner may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the General Partner or that could be material to a reasonable Limited Partner’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.
(vi)    Definitions. “Limited Partner Associated Person” of any Limited Partner means (a) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such Limited Partner, (b) any beneficial owner of limited partnership units of the Partnership owned of record or beneficially by such Limited Partner and (c) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such “Limited Partner Associated Person.”
6.3     Certificate of Limited Partnership . The General Partner shall file a Certificate of Limited Partnership with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act and shall cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business. To the extent that the General Partner in its sole discretion determines such action to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all the things to maintain the Partnership a limited partnership (or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business. Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(a), the General Partner shall not be required to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.
6.4     Reliance by Third Parties . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no lender, purchaser of property from the Partnership or other Person, shall be required to verify any representation by the General Partner as to the extent of the interest in the assets of the Partnership that the General Partner is entitled to encumber, sell or otherwise use, and any such lender, purchaser or other Person shall be entitled to rely exclusively on the representations of the General Partner as to its authority to enter into such financing or

26



sale arrangements or other transactions and shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the sole party in interest therein, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner and Assignee hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such lender, purchaser or other Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any sale, financing or other transaction. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner with respect to any business or property of the Partnership be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with, or to inquire into the necessity or expediency of any act of the General Partner; and every contract, agreement, deed, mortgage, security agreement, promissory note or other instrument or document executed by the General Partner with respect to any business or property of the Partnership shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery thereof this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) such instrument or document was duly executed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership, and (c) the General Partner was duly authorized and empowered to execute and deliver any and every such instrument or document for and on behalf of the Partnership.
6.5     Rights of General Partner as Limited Partner . The General Partner may acquire Units pursuant to Section 4.3 and shall be entitled to exercise all the rights of a Limited Partner with respect to such Units. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire (or may purchase or otherwise acquire on behalf of the Partnership) Units. As long as such Units are held by the Partnership, such Units shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein.
6.6     Compensation and Reimbursement of General Partner .
(a)     Except as provided in this Section 6.6 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.
(b)    The General Partner shall be reimbursed for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made in connection with the organization of the Partnership and the qualification of the Partnership and the General Partner to do business and any subsequent offerings of Units or other securities by the Partnership.
(c)    The General Partner and any Affiliate thereof shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole discretion, for all direct and indirect expenses incurred or made on behalf of the Partnership (including amounts paid to any Person to perform services to the Partnership), including that portion of such General Partner’s and Affiliate’s internal legal and accounting costs and expenses, telephone, secretarial, bookkeeping, tax reporting, aircraft, travel and entertainment expenses, office rent and other office expenses, salaries and other compensation expenses of employees, officers and directors, other administrative expenses and other expenses necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the Partnership’s and the General Partner’s businesses and allocable to the Partnership or the activities of the General Partner in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership. The General Partner shall determine the expenses which are allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 6.10.

27




(d)    The General Partner may propose and adopt customary and reasonable fringe benefit plans, including plans involving the issuance of Units of the Partnership for the benefit of employees, officers and directors of the General Partner or the Partnership or their Affiliates in respect of services performed or to be performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership.
6.7     Outside Activities . (a) The General Partner shall not enter into or conduct any business except in connection with its service as the general partner of the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b)    The shareholders, directors, officers or members of the General Partner or the Partnership shall not compete with the Partnership, directly or indirectly, and the officers of such entities shall serve the General Partner or the Partnership on a full-time basis, but such shareholders, directors, officers or members shall be permitted to make any investments or engage in any outside activities not in contravention of this Section 6.7.
6.8     Partnership Funds . The funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in such account or accounts as are designated by the General Partner. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, deposit funds of the Partnership in a central disbursing account maintained by or in the name of the General Partner in which funds of the General Partner are also deposited; provided that at all times books of account shall be maintained which show the amount of funds of the Partnership on deposit in such account. The General Partner may use the funds of the Partnership as compensating balances for its own benefit; provided that such funds shall not directly or indirectly secure, and shall not be otherwise at risk on account of, any indebtedness or other obligation of the General Partner or any partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. Nothing in this Section 6.8 shall be deemed to prohibit or limit in any manner the right of the Partnership to lend funds to the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to Section 6.9(b). All withdrawals from or charges against such accounts shall be made by the General Partner or by its officers or agents. Funds of the Partnership may be invested as determined by the General Partner.
6.9     Loans to or from General Partners; Contracts with Affiliates . (a) The General Partner or any Affiliate thereof may lend to the Partnership funds needed by the Partnership for such period of time as the General Partner may determine; provided that the General Partner or such Affiliate may not charge the Partnership interest at a rate greater than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the Partnership (without reference to such General Partner’s or Affiliate’s financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The Partnership shall reimburse such General Partner or Affiliate for any costs incurred by it (other than interest charges incurred as a result of such borrowing) in connection with the borrowing of funds obtained by such General Partner or Affiliate and lent to the Partnership.
(b)    With the approval or consent of a Majority Interest, the Partnership may lend funds to the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof; provided that the Partnership may not charge the General Partner or such Affiliate interest at a rate less than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged such General Partner or Affiliate

28



(without reference to other third parties’ financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans.
(c)    The General Partner may itself, or may enter into an agreement with an Affiliate of the General Partner to, render services for the Partnership. Any services rendered to the Partnership by such General Partner or Affiliate shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership. The provisions of Section 6.6 regarding reimbursement shall apply to services rendered pursuant to this Section 6.9(c).
(d)    The Partnership may transfer assets to or lend funds to joint ventures, other partnerships, limited liability companies, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with applicable law as the General Partner deems appropriate.
(e)    Neither the General Partner nor any Affiliate thereof shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership.
6.10     Indemnification . (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise by reason of his or its management of the affairs of the Partnership, any subsidiary of the Partnership or the General Partner or his or its status as the General Partner, an Affiliate thereof, a partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof or a Person serving at the request of the Partnership, a general partner or any Affiliate thereof in another entity in a similar capacity, which relates to or arises out of the Partnership, its property, business or affairs or the General Partner, their properties, businesses or affairs or any document filed with or submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any indemnification of underwriters given in connection therewith, regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to be the General Partner, an Affiliate thereof or a partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof or a director, officer, employee or agent of the Partnership at the time any such liability or expense is paid or incurred, and regardless of whether the liability or expense accrued at or relates to, in whole or in part, any time before, on or after the date hereof, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or its conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to such standard. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership and to the extent provided by the first sentence of this Section 6.10(a).
(b)    An Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.10 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which it has been adjudged liable for willful misconduct, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action was brought, or

29



another court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such liabilities and expenses as the court may deem proper.
(c)    To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 6.10.
(d)    The indemnification provided by this Section 6.10 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, bylaw or vote of the Partners or as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s capacity as the General Partner, an Affiliate thereof or a partner, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof and to action in any other capacity, shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of an Indemnitee.
(e)    The General Partner and the Partnership shall purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as shall be considered reasonable and commercially available, on behalf of Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with activities of the Partnership or such Indemnitees, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner and the Partnership may enter into indemnity contracts with Indemnitees and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under this Section 6.10 and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
(f)    For purposes of this Section 6.10, the Partnership, the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by him of his duties to the Partnership, the General Partner or such Affiliate also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, him to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. Excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed “fines” within the meaning of Section 6.10(a), and action taken or omitted by him with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership.
(g)    In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners or Assignees to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.
(h)    An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.10 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the

30



indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(i)    The provisions of this Section 6.10 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. The provisions of this Section 6.10 shall not be amended in any way that would adversely affect the General Partner without the consent of such General Partner.
6.11     Liability of General Partner . (a) Neither the General Partner, any Affiliate thereof, nor the partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, members or agents thereof shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the Assignees or any Person who has acquired an interest in the Units, whether as a Limited Partner, an Assignee or otherwise, for errors in judgment or for breach of fiduciary duty (including breach of any duty of care or any duty of loyalty) as the General Partner, such Affiliate or a partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof unless it is proved by clear and convincing evidence that his or its action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Partnership or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best interests of the Partnership.
(b)    The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and may perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.
6.12     Resolution of Conflicts of Interest . (a) At all times from and after the date hereof, a majority of the members of the board of directors of the General Partner shall be Persons who are not shareholders or members of the General Partner or a member of the immediate family of such a shareholder or member.
(b)    Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any Assignee, on the other hand, or (ii) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that the General Partner shall act in a manner which is, or provide terms which are, fair and reasonable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, the General Partner shall resolve such conflict of interest, take such action or provide such terms considering, in each case, the relative interests of each party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles and any other factors deemed relevant, reasonable and appropriate. In the absence of bad faith by the General Partner, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by the General Partner shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein.
(c)    Whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” with “complete discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such

31



interests and factors as it deems appropriate and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any other interest of or factors affecting the Partnership, the Limited Partners or the Assignees or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard. Each Limited Partner hereby agrees that any standard of care or duty imposed in the Delaware Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation shall be modified, waived or limited in each case as required to permit the General Partner to act under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein and to make any decision pursuant to the authority prescribed in this Section 6.12(c) so long as such action or decision is reasonably believed by the General Partner to be consistent with the overall purposes of the Partnership.
6.13     Other Matters Concerning General Partners . (a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
(b)    The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any opinion of any such Person as to matters which such General Partner believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by such General Partner hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
6.14     Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner or Assignee, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner shall be held in trust by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE VII
Rights and Obligations of Limited Partners
7.1     Limitation of Liability . The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as provided in this Agreement or in the Delaware Act.
7.2     Management of Business . No Limited Partner (other than the General Partner, any Affiliate thereof or a general partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent thereof solely in his or its capacity as such) shall take part in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, shall transact any business in the Partnership’s name or shall have the power to sign documents for or otherwise

32



bind the Partnership. The transaction of any business by any such Person in such capacity shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of any Limited Partner under this Agreement.
7.3     Outside Activities . Subject to Section 6.7, a Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership, any other Partner nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.
7.4     Return of Capital . No Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of his Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided by this Agreement. Except to the extent provided by Section 4.3 or otherwise expressly provided herein, no Limited Partner shall have priority over any other Limited Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.
7.5     Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership . (a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and except as limited by Section 7.5(b), each Limited Partner shall have the following rights for a proper purpose reasonably related to his Partnership Interest, upon reasonable demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:
(i)    to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership;
(ii)    promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;
(iii)    to have furnished to him, upon notification to the General Partner, a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;
(iv)    to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Agreed Value of any other property or other consideration contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date upon which each Partner became a Partner;
(v)    to have furnished to him, upon notification to the General Partner, a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed; and
(vi)    to inspect and copy any of the Partnership’s books and records and obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

33



(b)    Notwithstanding the other provisions hereof, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, any information the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information, the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business or which the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.
7.6     Rights of Special Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership . (a) The term “Special Limited Partner” means those persons who are listed on the books and records of the Partnership as owning a “Special LP Interest” and their transferees and assigns. A Special LP Interest is a limited interest in the capital of the Partnership as described in this Section.
(b)    A capital account is maintained for each Special Limited Partner with respect to the Special LP Interests (“Special LP Capital Account”) distinct and separate from the Capital Accounts. The aggregate balance of all of the Special LP Capital Accounts is $5,290,500, which aggregate balance shall not change. A Special LP Capital Account shall not be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(d). A Special LP Capital Account shall not be treated as a Capital Account, except as provided in Section 7.6(g).
(c)    A Special Limited Partner (in such capacity) is not required or permitted to make Capital Contributions to the Partnership.
(d)    The Special Limited Partners shall not be entitled to any Units with respect to their Special LP Interests and the Special LP Interests shall not be represented by any Units.
(e)    No items of income, gain, deduction, loss or credits shall be allocated to the Special Limited Partners pursuant to Article IV or Article V with respect to the Special LP Interests. No Special Limited Partner shall receive any allocation or distribution pursuant to Article V with respect to the Special LP Interests.
(f)    A Special Limited Partner shall have no vote or approval pursuant to Articles VI and XV.
(g)    For purposes of making distributions in liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV, and only for such purposes, a Special LP Capital Account shall be treated the same as the Capital Accounts, and the Special Limited Partners shall be entitled to distributions in liquidation of $5,290,500 in the aggregate.
ARTICLE VIII
Books, Records, Accounting and Reports
8.1     Records and Accounting . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnerships business including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.5(a). Any records maintained by the Partnership in the regular course of its

34



business, including the record of the holders of Units, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on or be in the form of magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided that the records so kept shall be convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All decisions as to accounting matters, except as specifically provided to the contrary herein, shall be made by the General Partner.
8.2     Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in its sole discretion.
8.3     Reports . (a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Record Holder of a Unit as of the last day of such fiscal year reports containing financial statements of the Partnership for the fiscal year, presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including a balance sheet, a statement of income, a statement of Partners’ equity and a statement of changes in financial position. Such statements shall be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.
(b)    As soon as practicable, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the close of each calendar quarter, except the last calendar quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Record Holder of a Unit as of the last day of such calendar quarter a report containing such financial information as the General Partner deems appropriate.
(c)    Except as otherwise required by law, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, in lieu of sending any report or statement described in Section 8.3(a) or (b), the Partnership may create and maintain a secure, internet-based medium whereby the Unit holders are able to access, view and download such reports or statements. All reports or statements made available through such internet-based medium shall be made available to the Unit holders as of the dates on which the Partnership would have otherwise had to prepare and send such reports according to Section 8.3(a) or (b).
8.4     Other information . The General Partner may release information concerning the operations of the Partnership as is customary in the industry or required by law or regulation.
ARTICLE IX
Tax Matters
9.1     Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns and reports required for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to Partners within ninety (90) days of the close of the taxable year the tax information reasonably required for federal and state income tax reporting purposes. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gains, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the cash or accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes, as the General Partner shall determine in its sole discretion. The taxable year of the

35



Partnership shall be the calendar year, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in its sole discretion.
9.2     Tax Election. Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code. The General Partner shall keep in effect the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners.
9.3     Tax Controversies . Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.
9.4     Organizational Expenses . The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses incurred in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 60-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.
9.5     Taxation as a Partnership . No election shall be made by the Partnership or any Partner for the Partnership to be taxable as an association taxable as a corporation or to be excluded from the application of any of the provisions of Subchapter K, Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code or from any similar provisions of any state tax laws.
9.6     Opinions Regarding Taxation as a Partnership . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the requirement, as a condition to any action proposed to be taken under this Agreement, that the Partnership be furnished an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the proposed transaction would not result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes shall not be applicable if the Partnership is at such time treated in all material respects as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes due to changes in federal income tax laws.
9.7     Withholding .
(a)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under Section 1445 of the Code with regard to (i) the sale of “United States real property interests” (as defined in the Code), (ii) the distribution of cash or property to any Partner who is a “foreign person” (as defined in Regulation §1.1445-2T(b)(2)(i)(c)), or (iii) the transfer of Units or Depositary Units.
(b)    In its sole and absolute discretion and as provided for in Regulations under Section 1445 of the Code, the General Partner may elect to withhold a portion of any distribution made to Partners and Assignees who are “foreign persons” or who fail to provide to the

36



Partnership an appropriate certificate in accordance with the applicable provisions of such Treasury Regulations.
(c)    The General Partner is authorized to take any action that it deems to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under Sections 1441, 1442 or 1446 of the Code.
(d)    The General Partner is authorized to withhold a portion of distributions made to Partners in order to satisfy state or local income tax obligations resulting from operations of the Partnership.
ARTICLE X
Prohibitions and Limitations
10.1     Prohibitions and Limitations .
Without the prior approval of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners, the General Partner shall not approve a transaction or a series of related transactions which (i) results in a Change of Control, or (ii) results in the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of Cedar Point Park.
ARTICLE XI
Transfer of Interests
11.1     Transfer . (a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Article XI with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner assigns all or any of its general partner Partnership Interest to another Person or by which the holder of a Unit assigns the Partnership Interest evidenced thereby to another Person, and such term includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or other disposition.
(b)    No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article XI. Any transfer or purported transfer of any Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article XI shall be null and void.
11.2     Transfer of Interests of General Partner . The General Partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner Partnership Interest unless (i) the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the Percentage Interest approve such transfer, (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and (iii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; provided that any transfer by the General Partner of all of its general partner Partnership Interest shall constitute a withdrawal for purposes of, and shall be effected by such General Partner only if not prohibited by, Section 13.1(a).

37



11.3     Transfer of Units . Any Units, including Units held by the General Partner, may be transferred following deposit in the Deposit Account, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Units that have never been deposited in the Deposit Account or that have been withdrawn from the Deposit Account and not redeposited are not transferable except upon death or by operation of law; provided that the General Partner or its Affiliates may, without restriction, transfer between or among themselves Units that have never been deposited in the Deposit Account or that have been withdrawn from the Deposit Account and not redeposited, and any Partner may transfer Units to the Partnership or the General Partner.
11.4     Transfer of Depositary Units . (a) Except as provided in Section 11.3, the Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Units or interests therein except by transfers of Depositary Units. Depositary Units may be transferred only in the manner provided in the Deposit Agreement.
(b)    A transferee who has completed and delivered a Transfer Application shall be deemed (i) to have requested admission as a Limited Partner, (ii) to have agreed to be bound by, and to have executed, this Agreement (including specifically Sections 4.5(e), 5.1(e) and 5.2(f) hereof) and the Deposit Agreement, (iii) to have represented that such transferee has authority to enter into this Agreement and the Deposit Agreement, and (iv) to have granted powers of attorney to the General Partner and the Liquidator to make the consents and waivers contained herein. Until admitted as a Limited Partner pursuant to Article XII, the Record Holder of a Depositary Receipt shall be an Assignee in respect of the Depositary Units evidenced thereby.
(c)    Each distribution in respect of Units shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Depositary or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holders thereof as of the Record Date set for the distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.
11.5     Restrictions on Transfer . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article XI, no transfer of any Unit shall be made if such transfer (a) would violate the then applicable federal and state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authorities with jurisdiction over such transfer, or (b) would affect the Partnership’s existence or qualification as a limited partnership under the Delaware Act.
ARTICLE XII
Admission of Partners
12.1     Existing Partners . All the Persons who are Partners as of the date of this Agreement shall continue as Partners and have executed a counterpart of this Agreement (either individually or by attorney or agent) and thereby agree to be bound by the terms hereof as a Partner.
12.2     Admission of Additional Limited Partners . (a) The transferee of a Person’s Units shall have the right to seek admission as an Additional Limited Partner subject to the conditions

38



of and in the manner permitted under this Agreement. A transferor of a Depositary Receipt shall only have the authority to convey to a purchaser or other transferee who does not execute and deliver the Transfer Application, however, (i) the right to negotiate such Depositary Receipt to a purchaser or other transferee and (ii) the right to transfer the right to request admission as a Limited Partner to such purchaser or other transferee in respect of the transferred Depositary Units. Each transferee of a Unit (including any Person, such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the foregoing, acquiring such Depositary Unit for the account of another Person) shall apply to become an Additional Limited Partner with respect to the Units transferred by executing and delivering a Transfer Application at the time of such transfer. Such transferee shall become an Additional Limited Partner at such time as the General Partner consents thereto, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion, and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Partnership. If such consent is withheld, the transferee shall be an Assignee. An Assignee shall have a Partnership Interest equivalent to that of a Limited Partner with respect to allocations and distributions, including liquidating distributions of the Partnership. With respect to voting rights attributable to Units or Depositary Units that are held by Assignees, the General Partner shall be deemed to be the Limited Partner with respect thereto and shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units or Depositary Units on any matter, vote such Units or Depositary Units at the written direction of the Assignee who is the Record Holder of such Units or Depositary Units. If no such written direction is received, such Units or Depositary Units will not be voted. An Assignee shall have no other rights of a Limited Partner.
(b)    The admission of an Assignee as an Additional Limited Partner shall be effected without the approval of any of the Partners other than the General Partner.
(c)    A Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) an acceptance, in form satisfactory to the General Partner, of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 1.4 and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in order to effect his admission as an Additional Limited Partner, and such admission shall become effective on the date that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion that such conditions have been satisfied and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Partnership.
12.3     Admission of Successor General Partner . A successor General Partner selected by the holders of a Majority Interest or the transferee of or successor to the entire Partnership Interest of the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner pursuant to Section 13.1.
12.4     Amendment of Agreement and of Certificate of Limited Partnership . For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate to prepare and file as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership, if required by law, and for this purpose may exercise the power of attorney granted in Section 1.4.

39




ARTICLE XIII
Withdrawal or Removal of Partners
13.1     Withdrawal or Removal of General Partner . (a) The General Partner covenants and agrees that it will not withdraw as the General Partner before December 31, 2082, subject to its right to transfer its Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 11.2. Except for transfers permitted by Section 11.2, any transfer by the General Partner of all of its Partnership Interest as the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.2 shall constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner for purposes of this Section 13.1(a). On or after December 31, 2082, the General Partner may withdraw from the Partnership upon 120 days advance written notice to the Limited Partners, except as otherwise provided herein. Such withdrawal shall take effect on the date specified in such notice. Any withdrawal of the General Partner shall not become effective unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that such withdrawal, and the selection and admission of a successor General Partner, will not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal, a Majority Interest may, prior to or within 90 days after such notice of intent to withdraw, select a successor General Partner. If no successor General Partner is selected, the Partnership shall be dissolved pursuant to Section 14.1. If a successor General Partner is selected, it shall be admitted immediately prior to the withdrawal of the General Partner and shall continue the business and operations of the Partnership without dissolution.
(b)    The General Partner may be removed only upon the affirmative votes of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the Percentage Interests held by Limited Partners. Any such action for removal of the General Partner shall provide for the approval of a successor General Partner. Such removal shall be effective immediately after the selection of the successor General Partner pursuant to Article XII. The right to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that such removal and the selection and admission of a successor General Partner will not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
(c)    Upon the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner under this Section 13.1, the Partnership shall distribute to such General Partner an amount of cash equal to the lesser of (A) the balance in its Unadjusted Capital Account or (B) the balance in its Capital Account (following the adjustment of such Capital Account in accordance with Section 4.5(d)); provided that, for purposes of the application of this Section 13.1(c)(i) only, a negative balance in either such Unadjusted Capital Account or such Capital Account shall be deemed to be zero. To the extent such Unadjusted Capital Account reflects the lesser balance, the Partnership shall be deemed to have distributed to the General Partner an amount of cash equal to the positive balance, if any, in its Capital Account, and the General Partner shall be deemed to have made a payment (as characterized under Section 707(a) of the Code) to the Partnership of a penalty for its withdrawal or removal in an amount equal to the excess of the positive balance, if any, in its Capital Account over the cash amount, if any, actually distributed.

40




13.2     Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor. The General Partner shall have no further interest in its Percentage Interest after its withdrawal or removal. The successor General Partner shall succeed to the Percentage Interest held by its predecessor.
13.3     Withdrawal of Limited Partners . No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided that upon a transfer of a Limited Partners Units, upon the transferee’s becoming a Record Holder, the transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Units transferred, but until such transferee becomes a Record Holder, the transferor shall continue to be a Limited Partner. No Limited Partner shall be entitled to receive any distribution from the Partnership except as expressly set forth in Articles V and XIV.
13.4     Continuation of Partnership . Upon the withdrawal or removal of any General Partner, any successor or additional general partner and any remaining general partner is authorized to and shall carry on the business of the Partnership.
ARTICLE XIV
Dissolution and Liquidation
14.1     Dissolution . The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Limited Partners or the admission of additional or substituted General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
(a)    [intentionally omitted];
(b)    the removal of the General Partner, or any other event not specifically provided for herein that results in its ceasing to be the General Partner (other than by reason of a transfer pursuant to Section 11.2 or its withdrawal or removal followed by selection of a successor by a Majority Interest pursuant to Section 13.1);
(c)    an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the affirmative vote of a Majority Interest; or
(d)    the bankruptcy or the dissolution of the General Partner;
provided that the Partnership shall not be dissolved upon an event described in Section 14.1(b) or (d) if within 90 days after such event, a Majority Interest agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to approve a successor General Partner.
For purposes of this Section 14.1, bankruptcy of the General Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when (u) it commences a voluntary proceeding, or files an answer in any involuntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (v) it is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it a final and nonappealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; (w) it executes and delivers a

41



general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (x) it files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (u); (y) it seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for it or for all or any substantial part of its properties; or (z) (1) any proceeding of the nature described in clause (u) has not been dismissed one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement thereof, (2) the appointment without its consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for it or all or any substantial part of its properties has not been vacated or stayed within ninety (90) days of such appointment or (3) such appointment is not vacated within ninety (90) days after the expiration of any such stay.
14.2     Continuation of Business of Partnership after Dissolution . Upon dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Section 14.1(b) and a failure of all Partners to agree to continue the business of the Partnership and to approve a successor General Partner as provided in Section 14.1 or upon a dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Section 14.1(d), then within an additional ninety (90) days, a Majority Interest may elect to reconstitute the Partnership and to continue its business on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by forming a new partnership on terms identical to those set forth in this Agreement and having as its General Partner a Person elected by a Majority Interest. Upon any such election by a Majority Interest, all Partners shall be bound thereby and shall be deemed to have consented thereto. Unless such an election is made within one hundred eighty (180) days after dissolution, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is made within one hundred eighty (180) days after dissolution, then:
(a)    the reconstituted Partnership shall continue until the end of the term set forth in Section 1.5 unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XIV;
(b)    if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then Section 13.1(c) shall apply; and
(c)    to the extent required by law, all necessary steps shall be taken to cancel this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and to enter into a new partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, and the successor General Partner may for this purpose exercise the powers of attorney granted in Section 1.4;
provided that the right of a Majority Interest to select a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause either the Partnership or the reconstituted Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
14.3     Liquidation . Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued under an election to reconstitute and continue the Partnership pursuant to Section 14.2, the Liquidator shall liquidate the Partnership. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by a Majority Interest. The Liquidator shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days prior written notice and (if other than the General Partner) may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by

42



notice of removal approved by a Majority Interest. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within thirty (30) days thereafter be approved by a Majority Interest. The right to appoint a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be recurring and continuing for so long as the functions and services of the Liquidator are authorized to continue under the provisions hereof, and every reference herein to the Liquidator shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator appointed in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XIV, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or approval of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Article X) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to carry out its duties and functions hereunder for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided herein. The Liquidator shall liquidate the assets of the Partnership and shall apply and distribute the proceeds of such liquidation in the following order of priority, unless otherwise required by applicable law:
(a)    to the payment of creditors of the Partnership, including Partners and the General Partner in respect of any expenses payable pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof, in order of priority provided by law and to the creation of a reserve of cash or other assets of the Partnership for contingent liabilities in an amount, if any, determined by the Liquidator to be appropriate for such purposes; and
(b)    to the Partners in accordance with the positive balances in their respective Combined Capital Accounts.
14.4     Distribution in Kind . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.3 which require the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if upon dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the assets of the Partnership would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership and may, in its absolute discretion, distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.3(b), undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. In addition, in the event the Partnership has not satisfied any or all of its recourse liabilities, the Liquidator shall (i) cause the General Partner to assume any such recourse liabilities not satisfied by the Partnership and (ii) designate specific assets (selecting first from among current assets) to be distributed to the General Partner (before any distribution is made pursuant to Section 14.3(b)) in an amount of cash or of property having a fair market value (based on independent appraisals to the extent reasonable) determined by the Liquidator to have been the amount necessary to satisfy such recourse liabilities if satisfied by the Partnership.

43



The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind pursuant to this Section 14.4 using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.
14.5     Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the distribution of partnership property as provided in Sections 14.3 and 14.4, the Partnership shall be terminated, and the Liquidator (or any of the Partners, if necessary) shall cause the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all formations and qualifications of the Partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and shall take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.
14.6     Reasonable Time for Winding Up . A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 14.3 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.
14.7     Return of Capital . No General Partner shall be personally liable for the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners, or any portion thereof. Any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.
14.8     Capital Account Restoration . No Limited Partner shall have an obligation to restore a negative Capital Account balance.
14.9     Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
ARTICLE XV
Amendment of Partnership Agreement; Meetings; Record Date
15.1     Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner . The General Partner (pursuant to its powers of attorney from the Partners), without the consent of any other Partner or Assignee, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:
(a)    the admission or substitution of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;
(b)    a change that the General Partner in its sole discretion has determined to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or that is necessary or advisable in the opinion of the General Partner to ensure that the Partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;
(c)    a change (i) that in the sole discretion of the General Partner does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, (ii) that is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state

44



statute or that is necessary or desirable to facilitate the trading of the Depositary Units (including, without limitation, the division of Outstanding Units into different classes in order to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the Depositary Units are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the General Partner deems to be in the best interests of the Partnership and the Limited Partners, or (iii) that is required or contemplated by this Agreement;
(d)    an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, to prevent the Partnership, any General Partner or its partners, directors or officers from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or plan asset regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;
(e)    an amendment that in the sole discretion of the General Partner is necessary or desirable in connection with the authorization for issuance of any class or series of Units pursuant to Section 4.3(a);
(f)    an amendment adopted by the General Partner in accordance with Sections 4.3(e), 4.5, 5.1(e) or 5.2(f); or
(g)    any other amendments similar to the foregoing.
15.2     Amendment Procedures . Except as provided in Sections 15.1 and 15.3, all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments of this Agreement may be proposed by the General Partner or by the Record Holders of ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Units. If an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite Percentage Interest or call a meeting of the Limited Partners to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and by a Majority Interest unless a greater Percentage Interest is required by this Agreement. The General Partner shall notify all Partners upon final adoption of any proposed amendment.
15.3     Amendment Requirements . (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 15.1 and 15.2, the approval of the General Partner and at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest held by Limited Partners shall be required for any amendment unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that such amendment would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 15.1 and 15.2, no provision of this Agreement which establishes a Percentage Interest required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect which would have the effect of reducing such voting requirements, unless such is approved by written consent or the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. This Section 15.3(b) shall be amended only with the approval by written

45



consent or affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes at least 85% of the aggregate Percentage Interest of the Partners.
(c)    The voting requirements in this Section 15.3 shall be in addition to voting requirements imposed by the other provisions contained herein.
15.4     Meetings . All acts of Limited Partners to be taken hereunder shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XV. Meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning at least ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Percentage Interest held by Limited Partners. Any Limited Partner calling a meeting shall specify the number of Units as to which he is exercising the right to call a meeting, and only the specified Units shall be counted for the purpose of determining whether such standard has been met. Limited Partners shall call a meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more calls in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the meeting is to be called. Within ten (10) days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not more than sixty (60) days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Each Limited Partner shall have one vote for each Unit of which he is a Record Holder on the Record Date for such vote, and may cast such vote in person or by proxy. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to subject the Limited Partners to unlimited liability.
15.5     Notice of a Meeting . Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 15.4 shall be given to the Record Holders in writing either personally or by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.
15.6     Record Date . For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approval without a meeting as provided in Section 15.11, the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any stock exchange on which the Depositary Units are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such stock exchange shall govern).
15.7     Adjournment . When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than thirty (30) days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XV.

46



15.8     Waiver of Notice; Consent to Meeting; Approval of Minutes . The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, are as valid as though a meeting were duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the Limited Partners entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the Partnership records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; provided that attendance at a meeting shall not be a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the objection is expressly made at the meeting.
15.9     Quorum . A Majority Interest represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners. Notwithstanding anything elsewhere provided in this Agreement to the contrary, the Limited Partners shall be entitled to vote on, consent to or approve of matters only as provided in Sections 6.2, 11.2, 13.1, 13.2, 14.1, 14.2, 14.3, 15.2, 15.3, 15.4 and 15.11 and Article X and as submitted to them by the General Partner. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of a Majority Interest shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a higher percentage is required under this Agreement. The Limited Partners present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the requisite Percentage Interest specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of a Majority Interest represented either in person or by proxy but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 15.7.
15.10     Conduct of Meeting . The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including, without limitation, the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 15.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting, in either case including, without limitation, a Partner or a director or officer of the General Partner. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote and the revocation of approvals in writing.

47



15.11     Action Without a Meeting . Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Partners owning not less than the minimum Percentage Interest that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Partners were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time, not less than twenty (20) days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partner, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units which were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partner is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to subject the Limited Partners to unlimited liability, (ii) will not cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and (iii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.
15.12     Voting Rights . (a) Only those Record Holders of Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 15.6 shall be entitled to notice of, and, subject to Section 12.2(a), to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which approvals are solicited or required under this Agreement. With respect to voting rights attributable to Units that are held by Assignees, the General Partner shall be deemed to be the Limited Partner with respect thereto and shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of Units on any matter, vote such Units at the direction of the Assignee.
(b)    With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) in whose name such Units are registered, such representative Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of and at the direction of the Person for whom he holds, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume he is so acting without further inquiry.
(c)    If the General Partner is also a Limited Partner, it may vote its Percentage Interest, including such Percentage Interest represented by Units on any matter submitted to the Limited Partners for consideration in such manner as it in its sole discretion shall determine.
ARTICLE XVI
General Provisions

48



16.1     Addresses and Notices . Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or sent to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or sent, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon mailing of such notice, payment or report to such Person at his address as shown on the records of the Partnership or the Depositary, regardless of any claim of any Person who     may have an interest in such Unit or the Partnership Interest of such General Partner by reason of an assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of mailing of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner or a mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or sending of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books of the Partnership or Depositary is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or sent without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Limited Partner or Assignee at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or sending of such notice, payment or report to the other Limited Partners and Assignees. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 1.3. The Partnership and the General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by them to be genuine.
16.2     Titles and Captions . All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement or to define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to articles and sections of this Agreement.
16.3     Pronouns and Plurals . Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.
16.4     Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
16.5     Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
16.6     Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

49



16.7     Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Partnership.
16.8     Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
16.9     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, upon executing and delivering a Transfer Application as herein described, independently of the signature of any other party.
16.10     Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
16.11     Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

















50






















51




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
GENERAL PARTNER:
Cedar Fair Management, Inc.
By: _______________________________
Richard L. Kinzel
Chief Executive Officer

By:                             
Matt Ouimet President

LIMITED PARTNERS:
By:     Cedar Fair Management , Inc .
As attorney-in-fact pursuant to Section 1.4 of this Agreement
By:                         
Richard L. Kinzel
Chief Executive Officer

By:                             
Matt Ouimet
President



Annex I
(FACE OF CERTIFICATE)
CERTIFICATE FOR
UNITS REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
IN
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
No.    Units
________________________, as General Partner (the “General Partner”) of Cedar Fair, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that __________________ is a limited partner of the Partnership whose limited partner interest therein, as set forth in the Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”) (copies of which are on file at the principal office of the Partnership in Sandusky, Ohio), represents ____ units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (“Units”).
This certificate is not negotiable and is not transferable except upon death, by operation of law or as otherwise provided in the Partnership Agreement; provided that this certificate, when coupled with an assignment in the form set forth on the reverse hereof, duly executed in blank or assigned to a named assignee, may be deposited pursuant to the terms of the Deposit Agreement (as defined in the Partnership Agreement), to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the rights, preferences and limitations pertaining to the deposited Units.
Dated:    __________________________________,
General Partner of Cedar Fair, L.P.
ATTEST:
By: ______________________________    By: __________________________________



(REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE)
ASSIGNMENT OF
UNITS REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
IN
CEDAR FAIR, L.P.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “Assignor”) hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto ___________________________________________________________

(Please insert Social    (Please print or type
Security or other identifying                name and address of Assignee)
number of Assignee)
all rights and interest of the Assignor in the aforementioned Units and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner as his attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution in the premises to transfer the Units on the books and records of the Partnership.
Dated:          ___________________________________
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
Note:    The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. If the endorsement is executed by an attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, the person executing the endorsement must give his full title in such capacity, and proper evidence of authority to act in such capacity, if not on file with the Partnership or its transfer agent, must be forwarded with this certificate. The signature must be guaranteed by an authorized employee of a bank, trust company or member of a national securities exchange.



Exhibit 3.2
REGULATIONS

OF

CEDAR FAIR MANAGEMENT, INC.


MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS


Section 1 .     Annual Meeting .

The annual meeting of shareholders of the Company shall be held at such time and on such business day as the directors may determine each year. The annual meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Company or at such other place within or without the State of Ohio as the directors may determine. The directors shall be elected thereat and such other business transacted as may be specified in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2 .     Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the President or by a majority of the directors acting with or without a meeting, or by shareholders holding 50% or more of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereat. Such meetings may be held within or without the State of Ohio at such time and place as may be specified in the notice thereof.

Section 3 .     Notice of Meetings .

Written notice of every annual or special meeting of the shareholders stating the time, place and purposes thereof shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder entitled to notice as provided by law, in person or by mailing the same to his last address appearing on the records of the Company at least seven days before the meeting. Any shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, and, by attendance at any meeting without protesting the lack of proper notice, shall be deemed to have waived notice thereof.

Section 4 .     Persons Becoming Entitled by Operation of Law or Transfer .
    
Every person who, by operation of law, transfer, or any other means whatsoever, shall become entitled to any shares, shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share or shares which previous to the entering of his or her name and address on the records of the Company shall have been duly given to the person from whom he or she derives his or her title to such shares.

Section 5 .     Quorum and Adjournments .

Except as may be otherwise required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company shall





constitute a quorum; provided that any meeting duly called, whether a quorum is present or otherwise, may, by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting shares represented thereat, adjourn from time to time, in which case no further notice of the adjourned meeting need be given.

Section 6 .     Voting .

Except as otherwise provided in the Articles, these Regulations, or in the laws of the State of Ohio, at every meeting of shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock held by him or her and registered in his or her name on the books of the Company as of the applicable record date. Except as otherwise required by statute, the Articles, or these Regulations, all matters coming before any meeting of the shareholders shall be decided by the vote of a majority in interest of the shareholders of the Company present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 7 .     Record Date .

For any lawful purpose, including, without limitation, the determination of the shareholders who are entitled to receive notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders, the board of directors may fix a record date which shall not be a date earlier than the date on which the record date is fixed and shall not be more than sixty days preceding the date of the meeting of the shareholders.

Section 8 .     Inspectors of Election .

The directors, in advance of any meeting of shareholders, may appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

MEETING OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 9 .     Annual Meeting of Cedar Fair, L.P.

For so long as the Company shall be the general partner of Cedar Fair, L.P. (the “Partnership”), the directors shall call and hold an annual meeting of the limited partners of the Partnership (the “Limited Partners”) for purposes of electing the board of directors of the Company. The meeting shall be held at the same time and place as determined by the directors for the annual meeting of the shareholders of the Company. The directors shall be elected thereat and such other business transacted as may be specified in the notice of the meeting.

Section 10 .     Notice, Quorum and Voting .

For purposes of the annual meeting of the Partnership, the Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Cedar Fair, L.P. (the “Partnership Agreement”) shall establish the procedures and requirements governing all matters, including but not limited to notice, quorum, inspectors of election, voting and the record date.





Section 11 .     Election of Directors .

(a)    Each Limited Partner shall have one vote in person or by proxy for each unit of which he or she is a record holder as of the applicable record date. The board of directors shall appoint a representative or one or more inspectors of election to tally the Limited Partners’ votes. The persons receiving the greatest number of votes of the Limited Partners present at the meeting in person or by proxy shall be the directors.

(b) The record of the Limited Partners’ votes shall be passed immediately to the trustee holding the shares of the Company pursuant to The Cedar Fair Unitholder Trust (the “Trust Agreement”). The trustee shall cast its votes for the directors receiving the greatest number of votes of the Limited Partners.

(c)    Such election shall be by ballot whenever requested by any person entitled to vote at such meeting; but unless so requested, such election may be conducted in any way approved at such meeting.

DIRECTORS

Section 12 .
Number .

The number of directors shall be not fewer than three nor more than nine. The directors shall, by a vote of a majority of their number, establish the number of directors.

Section 13.      Qualifications of Directors .

The board of directors will consist of a majority of directors who meet the criteria for independence contained in the listing requirements of any applicable national securities exchange and any other applicable regulations. A committee established by the board shall establish board candidate guidelines that set forth the criteria for selecting board candidates.

Section 14 .     Nominations and Election of Directors .

Nominations of persons for election as directors of Cedar Fair Management, Inc. may be made at a meeting of the Limited Partners by any nominating committee or person appointed by the directors or, if and to the extent expressly provided in the Partnership Agreement, any Limited Partner. The Chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14, and if he should so determine, the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

The directors will be elected by the vote of the Limited Partners as set forth in Section 11.

Section 15 .     Classification and Term of Office of Directors .

Directors shall hold office for staggered terms and until their respective successors





are elected, or until their earlier resignation, death or removal from office. The directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in size as possible, and one of the classes shall be elected for a three-year term of office following each annual meeting of Limited Partners in accordance with Section 1701.57 of the Ohio Revised Code. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of such class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his term expires and his successors shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation or removal from office.

Section 16 .     Removal .

Except as otherwise provided by law, all the directors or all of a particular class, or any individual director, may be removed from office with or without assigning any cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of eighty percent (80%) of the Partnership units.

Section 17 .     Vacancies .

Whenever any vacancy shall occur among the directors the remaining directors shall constitute the directors of the Company until such vacancy is filled or until the number of directors is changed pursuant to Section 12. The remaining directors may, by a vote of a majority of their number, fill any vacancy for the unexpired term.

Section 18 .     Quorum and Adjournment .

A majority of the directors in office at the time shall constitute a quorum, provided that any meeting duly called, regardless of whether a quorum is present, may, by vote of a majority of the directors present, adjourn from time to time and place to place within or without the State of Ohio, in which case no further notice of the adjourned meeting need be given. At any meeting at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the directors present except as is otherwise authorized by Section 1701.60(A)(1) of the Ohio Revised Code regarding transactions between the Company and its directors and officers.

Section 19 .     Organizational Meeting .

Immediately after each annual meeting of the shareholders at which directors are elected, or each special meeting held in lieu thereof, the newly elected directors, if a quorum thereof is present, shall hold an organizational meeting at the same place or at such other time and place as may be fixed by the shareholders at such meeting, for the purpose of electing officers and transacting any other business. Notice of such meeting need not be given. If for any reason such organizational meeting is not held at such time, a special meeting for such purpose shall be held as soon thereafter as practicable.







Section 20 .     Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the directors may be held at such times and places within or without the State of Ohio as may be provided for in by-laws or resolutions adopted by the directors and upon such notice, if any, as shall be provided for.

Section 21 .     Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the directors may be held at any time within or without the State of Ohio upon call by the President, or the Chief Executive Officer, or by any two directors. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each director by letter, telephone or in person not less than forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting, and, by attendance at any meeting without protesting the lack of proper notice, shall be deemed to have waived notice thereof. Unless otherwise limited in the notice thereof, any business may be transacted at any organizational, regular or special meeting.

Section 22 .     Compensation .

The directors, in consultation with any committee established for purposes of evaluating board compensation levels, are authorized to fix a reasonable salary for directors or a reasonable fee for attendance at any meeting of the directors or at any meeting of a committee established pursuant to Section 25, or any combination of salary and attendance fee in accordance with any applicable national securities exchange listing requirement and state and federal laws. In addition to such compensation provided for directors, they shall be reimbursed for any expenses incurred by them in traveling to and from such meetings.

Section 23 .     Duties of Directors .

A director shall perform his duties as a director, including the duties as a member of any committee of the directors upon which the director may serve, in good faith, in a manner the director reasonably believes to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and the Partnership, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The director shall have the same fiduciary obligation to the Limited Partners as he has to the Company’s shareholders. The duties and responsibilities of a director of the Company to its shareholders shall be discharged if the director fulfills his duties and responsibilities to the Limited Partners.

Section 24 .     Powers of the Board of Directors .

In carrying out the purposes stated in its Articles and subject to limitations prescribed by law or in its Articles, the Company may resist a change or potential change in control of the Company if the directors by a majority vote of a quorum determine that the change or potential change is opposed to or not in the best interests of the Company or the Limited Partners.






COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

Section 25 .     Committees .

The board may establish new committees or disband existing committees as it deems appropriate consistent with applicable laws, regulations and any listing requirement of a national securities exchange. Each of the committees shall have the authority and responsibilities delineated in the resolutions creating them and in their respective charters.

OFFICERS

Section 26 .     Officers Designated .

The directors, at their organizational meeting or at a special meeting held in lieu thereof, shall elect a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and, in their discretion, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, a General Manager, an Assistant Secretary or Secretaries, an Assistant Treasurer or Treasurers, and such other officers as the directors may see fit. The Chairman of the Board shall be, and the other officers may, but need not be, chosen from among the directors. Any two or more of such offices other than that of President and Vice President, or Secretary and Assistant Secretary or Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer, may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity.

Section 27 .     Tenure of Office .

The officers of the Company shall hold office until the next organizational meeting of the directors and until their successors are chosen and qualified, except in case of resignation, death or removal. The directors may remove any officer at any time with or without cause by a majority vote of the directors in office at the time. A vacancy, however created, in any office may be filled by election by the directors.

Section 28 .     Chairman of the Board .

The Chairman of the Board, if any, who at the discretion of the directors may be called the Executive Chairman of the Board, shall preside at meetings of the directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the directors.

Section 29 .     President .

The President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders, and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board shall also preside at meetings of the directors. The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company unless otherwise determined by the directors, and shall have general supervision over its property, business and affairs, and perform all the duties usually incident to such office, subject to the directions of the directors. Unless otherwise determined by the directors, he shall have authority to represent the Company at meetings of the shareholders of other corporations in which the Company holds shares, and to execute on behalf of





the Company discretionary or restricted proxies. He may execute all authorized deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other obligations, in the name of the Company, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the directors.

Section 30 .     Vice President .

The Vice Presidents shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by the directors or as may be delegated by the President or the Chief Executive Officer. In case of the absence or disability of the President or when circumstances prevent the President from acting, the Vice Presidents, in the order designated by the directors, shall perform the duties of the President, and in such case, the power of the Vice Presidents to execute all authorized deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other obligations, in the name of the Company, shall be coordinated with like powers of the President. In case the President and such Vice Presidents are absent or unable to perform their duties, the directors may appoint a President pro tempore.

Section 31 .     General Manager .

The General Manager, if any, shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by the directors.

Section 32 .     Secretary .

The Secretary shall attend and keep the minutes of all meetings of the shareholders and of the directors. He or she shall keep such books as may be required by the directors and shall give all notices of meetings of shareholders and directors, provided however, that any persons calling such meetings may, at their options, themselves give such notice. He or she shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the directors.

Section 33 .     Treasurer .

The Treasurer shall receive and have in charge all money, bills, notes, bonds, stocks in other corporations and similar property belonging to the Company and shall do with the same as shall be ordered by the directors. He shall keep accurate financial accounts, and hold the same open for inspection and examination of the directors. On the expiration of his term of office, he shall turn over to his successor, or the directors, all property, books, papers and money of the Company in his hands. He shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the directors.

Section 34 .     Other Officers .

The Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, if any, and the other officers, if any, shall have such powers and duties as the directors may prescribe.






Section 35 .     Delegation of Duties .

The directors are authorized to delegate the duties of any officers to any other officer and generally to control the action of the officers and to require the performance of duties in addition to those mentioned herein.

Section 36 .     Compensation .

The directors are authorized to determine or to provide the method of determining the compensation of all officers subject to applicable laws and regulations and the listing requirements of any national securities exchange.

Section 37 .     Bond .

Any officer or employee, if required by the directors, shall give bond in such sum and with such security as the directors may require for the faithful performance of his duties.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 38 .     Indemnification .

The Company shall indemnify any director or officer and any former director or officer of the Company and any such director or officer who is or has served at the request of the Company as a director, officer or trustee of another affiliated corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and his heirs, executors and administrators) against expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him by reason of the fact that he is or was such director, officer or trustee in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by applicable law. The indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed to restrict the power of the Company (i) to indemnify employees, agents and others to the extent not prohibited by such law, (ii) to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection on behalf of or for any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company, or any person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another affiliated corporation, joint venture, partnership, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, and (iii) to enter into agreements with persons of the class identified in clause (ii) above indemnifying them against any and all liabilities (or such lesser indemnification as may be provided in such agreements) asserted against or incurred by them in such capacities.

RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

Section 39 .     Issuance and Transfer .

(a)    The Company reserves the right to refuse to transfer any shares on its records unless and until it receives a satisfactory opinion letter from an attorney for the transfer of





such shares that such transfer will not violate the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations thereunder, the Ohio Securities Act or the regulations thereunder, or any other applicable law or regulation.

(b)    Shares shall be issued from time to time, at the discretion of the directors, only to the trustee as established by the Trust Agreement and for the benefit of the Limited Partners. Transfer of shares from the trustee to another person or entity shall be prohibited except to the extent permitted by the Trust Agreement.

AMENDMENTS

Section 40 .

(a)    Except for Sections 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 23 and 39, these Regulations may be altered, changed or amended in any respect or superseded by new Regulations in whole or in part only after proposal by the directors and by the subsequent affirmative vote of the holders of record of shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company at an annual or special meeting called for such purpose or without a meeting by the written consent of the holders of record of shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power with respect thereto. In case of adoption of any Regulation or amendment by such written consent, the Secretary shall enter the same in the corporate records and mail a copy thereof to each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote thereon and did not participate in the adoption thereof.

(b)    Sections 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 23 and 39 may be altered, changed or amended in any respect or superseded by new Regulations in whole or in part only after the directors submit the proposed alteration, change or amendment to the Limited Partners for their approval. An affirmative vote of the holders of record of eighty percent (80%) of the Partnership units entitled to vote is required to alter, change or amend Sections 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 23 and 39. This provision establishing an eighty percent vote requirement shall not be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect which would have the effect of reducing such voting requirements, unless such is approved by written consent or the affirmative vote of Limited Partners holding eighty percent (80%) of the Partnership units entitled to vote.





Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Richard L. Kinzel, certify that:

1)
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Cedar Fair, L.P.;
2)
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4)
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5)
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
November 4, 2011
 
/s/ Richard L. Kinzel
 
 
 
Richard L. Kinzel
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION
I, Brian C. Witherow, certify that:

1)
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Cedar Fair, L.P.;
2)
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4)
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5)
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
November 4, 2011
 
/s/ Brian C. Witherow
 
 
 
Brian C. Witherow
 
 
 
Vice President and Corporate Controller
 
 
 
Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer

Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATION
I, David R. Hoffman, certify that:

1)
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Cedar Fair, L.P.;
2)
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4)
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5)
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
November 4, 2011
 
/s/ David R. Hoffman
 
 
 
David R. Hoffman
 
 
 
Vice President of Finance and Corporate Tax
 
 
 
Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer



Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Cedar Fair, L.P. (the “Partnership”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 25, 2011 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Partnership certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to our knowledge:
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Partnership.
 
November 4, 2011
 
/s/ Richard L. Kinzel
 
Richard L. Kinzel
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
/s/ Brian C. Witherow
 
Brian C. Witherow
 
Vice President and Corporate Controller
 
Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer
 
 
 
/s/ David R. Hoffman
 
David R. Hoffman
 
Vice President of Finance and Corporate Tax
 
Interim Co-Principal Financial Officer
 
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.